English dropdown-ico

Manual Cisco Systems 15454

726 pages 15.79 mb
Download

Go to site of 726

Summary
  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 1

    Americas Headquarters Cisco Systems, In c. 170 West Tasman Drive San Jose, CA 951 34-1706 USA http://www.ci sco.com Tel: 408 526-4000 800 553-NETS (638 7) Fax: 408 527-0883 Cisco ONS 1 5454 Reference Manual Produ ct and Documentat ion R elease 7 .0 August 20 12 Text Part Number: 78 -17191-01 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 2

    THE SPECIFICATION S AND INFORMATION REGARDING TH E PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT T O CHANGE WITH OUT NOTICE. ALL STATEMENTS , INFORMATION , AND RECOMMEN DATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE PRESEN TED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EX PRESS OR IMPLIED. USERS MUST TAKE FULL RESPO NSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICAT ION OF ANY PRO ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 3

    iii Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 CONTENTS About this Manual xxxix Revision History xxxix Document Objectives xli Audience xli Document Organization xlii Related Documentation xliii Document Conventions xliv Obtaining Optical Networking Information l Where to Find Safety and Warning Information l Cisco Optical Networking Produ ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 4

    Contents iv Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 1.5.5.2 MiniBNC Insertion and Removal To ol 1-26 1.5.6 SMB EIA 1-27 1.5.7 AMP Champ EIA 1-28 1.5.8 UBIC-V EIA 1-32 1.5.9 UBIC-H EIA 1-33 1.5.10 EIA Replacement 1-37 1.6 Coaxial Cable 1-37 1.7 DS-1 Cable 1-37 1.7.1 Twisted Pair Wire-Wrap Cables 1-37 1.7.2 Electrical Interface Adapters 1- ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 5

    Contents v Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 CHAPTER 2 Common Control Cards 2-1 2.1 Common Control Card Overview 2-1 2.1.1 Cards Summary 2-1 2.1.2 Card Compatibility 2-3 2.1.3 Cross-Connect Card Compatibility 2-3 2.2 TCC2 Card 2-6 2.2.1 TCC2 Card Functionality 2-7 2.2.2 TCC2 Card-Level Indicators 2-8 2.2.3 Network-Level Ind icator ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 6

    Contents vi Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 CHAPTER 3 Electrical Cards 3-1 3.1 Electrical Card Overview 3-1 3.1.1 Card Summary 3-1 3.1.2 Card Compatibility 3-3 3.2 EC 1-12 Car d 3-4 3.2.1 EC1-12 Slots and Connecto rs 3-4 3.2.2 EC1-12 Faceplate and Block Diagram 3-4 3.2.3 EC1-12 Hosted by XCVT, XC1 0G, or XC-VXC-10G 3-5 3.2.4 EC1- ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 7

    Contents vii Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 3.8.3 DS3-12E and DS3N-12E Card-Level Indicators 3-23 3.8.4 DS3-12E and DS3N-12E Port-Level Indicators 3-24 3.9 DS3XM-6 Card 3-24 3.9.1 DS3XM-6 Slots and Connectors 3-24 3.9.2 DS3XM-6 Facepl ate and Block Diagram 3-24 3.9.3 DS3XM-6 Hosted By XCVT, XC10G or XC-VXC-10G 3-25 3.9.4 DS3XM- ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 8

    Contents viii Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 4.7 OC12 IR/STM4 SH 1310-4 Card 4-15 4.7.1 OC12 IR/STM4 SH 1310-4 Card-Level Indicators 4-17 4.7.2 OC12 IR/STM4 SH 1 310-4 Port-Level Indicators 4-17 4.8 OC48 IR 1310 Card 4-17 4.8.1 OC48 IR 1310 Card-Level Indicators 4-18 4.8.2 OC48 IR 1310 Port-Level Indicators 4-19 4.9 OC48 LR 1550 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 9

    Contents ix Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 4.19 OC192SR1/STM64IO Short Reach and OC192/STM64 Any Reach Cards 4-46 4.19.1 OC192SR1/STM64IO Sho rt Reach and OC19 2/STM64 Any Reach Card-Lev el Indicators 4-49 4.19.2 OC192SR1/STM64IO Short Reach a nd OC-192/STM-64 Any Reach Port-Level Indicators 4-49 4.20 Optical Card SFPs and XFPs ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 10

    Contents x Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 5.7.1 STS-24c Restriction 5-17 5.7.2 G1K-4 Compatibility 5-18 5.7.3 G1K-4 Card-Level Indicators 5-18 5.7.4 G1K-4 Port-Level Indicators 5-18 5.8 ML100T-12 Card 5-19 5.8.1 ML100T-12 Card-L evel Indicators 5-20 5.8.2 ML100T-12 Po rt-Level Indicators 5-21 5.8.3 Cross-Connect and Slot Compati ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 11

    Contents xi Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 6.2.2.2 SW -LCAS 6-5 6.2.2.3 Distance Extension 6-5 6.2.2.4 Differential Delay Features 6-6 6.2.2.5 Interoperability Features 6-6 6.2.3 Link Integrity 6-6 6.2.4 Link Recovery 6-7 6.3 FC_MR-4 Card Application 6-7 6.4 FC_MR-4 Card GBICs 6-8 CHAPTER 7 Card Protection 7-1 7.1 Electrical Ca ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 12

    Contents xii Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 8.5.1.2 Node View Card Shortcuts 8-10 8.5.1.3 Node View Tabs 8-10 8.5.2 Network View 8-11 8.5.2.1 Network View Tabs 8-12 8.5.2.2 CTC Node Colors 8-13 8.5.2.3 DCC Links 8-13 8.5.2.4 Link Consolidation 8-13 8.5.3 Card View 8-14 8.5.4 Print or Export CTC Data 8-16 8.6 TCC2/TCC2P Card Rese ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 13

    Contents xiii Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 11.2.3 Circuit States 11-7 11.2.4 Circuit Protection Types 11-9 11.2.5 Circuit Information in the Edit Circuit Window 11-10 11.3 Cross-Connect Card Bandwidth 11-12 11.4 Portless Transmux 11-15 11.5 DCC Tunnels 11-16 11.5.1 Traditional DCC Tunnels 11-17 11.5.2 IP-Encapsulated Tun nels ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 14

    Contents xiv Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 11.21 VLAN Management 11-44 11.22 Server Trails 11-44 CHAPTER 12 SONET Topologies and Upgrad es 12-1 12.1 SONET Rings and TCC2/TCC2P Cards 12-1 12.2 Bidirectional Line Switched Rings 12-2 12.2.1 Two-Fiber BLSRs 12-2 12.2.2 Four-Fiber BLSRs 12-5 12.2.3 BLSR Bandwidth 12-8 12.2.4 BLSR Ap ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 15

    Contents xv Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 13.2.9 IP Scenario 9: IP Addressing with Secure Mode Ena bled 13-20 13.3 Provisionable Patchcords 13-22 13.4 Routing Table 13-24 13.5 External Firewalls 13-25 13.6 Open GNE 13-27 13.7 TCP/IP and OSI Networking 13-29 13.7.1 Point-to-Point Protocol 13-30 13.7.2 Link Access Protocol on th ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 16

    Contents xvi Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 14.2 LCD Alarm Counts 14-1 14.3 Alarm Information 14-2 14.3.1 Viewing Alarms With Each Node’s Time Zone 14-4 14.3.2 Controlling Alarm Display 14-4 14.3.3 Filtering Alarms 14-4 14.3.4 Viewing Alarm-Affected Circuits 14-5 14.3.5 Conditions Tab 14-5 14.3.6 Controlling the Cond itions Di ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 17

    Contents xvii Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 15.5.3 DS1-14 and DS1N-14 Card Performance Monitoring Parameters 15-16 15.5.3.1 DS-1 Facility Data Link Performance Monitoring 15-18 15.5.4 DS3-12 and DS3N-12 Card Performance Monitoring Parameters 15-18 15.5.5 DS3-12E and DS3N-12E Card Performance Monitoring Parameters 15-19 15.5.6 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 18

    Contents xviii Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 16.5 SNMP Message Types 16-4 16.6 SNMP Management Information Bases 16-5 16.6.1 IETF-Standard MIBs for the ONS 15454 16-5 16.6.2 Proprietary ONS 1 5454 MIBs 16-6 16.6.3 Generic Threshold and Performance Monitoring MIBs 16-7 16.7 SNMP Trap Content 16-8 16.7.1 Generic and IETF Traps 16 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 19

    Contents xix Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 A.1.2 Configurations A-1 A.1.3 Cisco Transport Controller A-2 A.1.4 External LAN Interface A-2 A.1.5 TL1 Craft Int erface A-2 A.1.6 Modem Interface A-2 A.1.7 Alarm Inter face A-2 A.1.8 EIA Interface A-3 A.1.9 BIT S Interface A-3 A.1.10 Syste m Timing A-3 A.1.11 Syste m Power A-3 A.1.1 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 20

    Contents xx Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 A.6.4 OC12 LR/STM4 LH 1310 Card Specifications A-28 A.6.5 OC12 LR/STM4 LH 1550 Card Specifications A-29 A.6.6 OC12 IR/STM4 SH 1310-4 Specifications A-30 A.6.7 OC48 IR 1 310 Card Specifications A-31 A.6.8 OC48 LR 1550 Card Specificati ons A-32 A.6.9 OC48 IR/ST M16 SH AS 1310 Card Sp ecif ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 21

    Contents xxi Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 C.2 Card Default Settings C-2 C.2.1 Configuration Defaults C-2 C.2.2 Threshold Defaults C-3 C.2.3 Defaults by Card C-4 C.2.3.1 DS-1 Card Default Settings C-4 C.2.3.2 DS1/E1-56 Card Default Settings C-7 C.2.3.3 DS-3 Card Default Settings C-13 C.2.3.4 DS3/EC1-48 Card Default Settings C- ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 22

    Contents xxii Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 23

    FI GU RE S xxiii Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Figure 1-1 Cisco ONS 15454 ANSI Dimensions 1-4 Figure 1-2 Mounting an ONS 15454 in a Rack 1-5 Figure 1-3 The ONS 15454 Front Door 1-6 Figure 1-4 Cisco ONS 15454 De ep Door 1-7 Figure 1-5 ONS 15454 Front Door Ground Strap 1-8 Figure 1-6 Removing the ONS 1545 4 Front Door 1-9 Figure ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 24

    Figure s xxiv Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Figure 1-31 Crossover Cable 1-52 Figure 1-32 Managing Cable s on the Front Panel 1-53 Figure 1-33 Fiber Capacity 1-5 3 Figure 1-34 Tie-Down Bar 1-54 Figure 1-35 AEP Printed Circuit Board Assembly 1-55 Figure 1-36 AEP Block Diagram 1-56 Figure 1-37 AEP Wire-Wrap Connections to Ba ckpla ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 25

    Figures xxv Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Figure 3-12 DS3XM-12 Faceplate and Block Diagram 3-30 Figure 4-1 OC3 IR 4/STM1 SH 1310 Faceplate and Block Dia gram 4-6 Figure 4-2 OC3IR/STM1 SH 1310-8 Faceplate and Bloc k Diagram 4-8 Figure 4-3 OC12 IR/STM4 SH 1310 Faceplate and Block Diagram 4-10 Figure 4-4 OC12 LR/STM4 LH 1310 Fa c ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 26

    Figure s xxvi Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Figure 5-8 ML100X-8 Faceplate and Block Diagram 5-22 Figure 5-9 ML1000-2 Faceplate 5-24 Figure 5-10 CE-100T-8 Faceplate and Block Diagram 5-26 Figure 5-11 CE-1000-4 Faceplate and Block Diagram 5-30 Figure 5-12 GBICs with Clips (left) and with a Handle (ri ght) 5-33 Figure 5-13 CWDM GB ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 27

    Figures xxvii Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Figure 11-9 Secondary Source s and Destinations 11-27 Figure 11-10 Alternate Paths fo r Virtual Path Protection Segments 11-29 Figure 11-11 Mixing 1+1 or BLSR Protected Links With a Path Protection 11-29 Figure 11-12 Ethernet Shared Packet Ring Routing 11-30 Figure 11-13 Ethernet and ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 28

    Figure s xxviii Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Figure 13-1 IP Scenario 1: CTC and ONS 15454s on Same Subnet 13-3 Figure 13-2 IP Scenario 2: CTC and ONS 15454 Nodes Con nected to a Router 13-4 Figure 13-3 IP Scenario 3: Using Proxy ARP 13 -5 Figure 13-4 IP Scenario 3: Using Proxy ARP with Static Routing 13-6 Figure 13-5 IP Scenar ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 29

    Figures xxix Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Figure 13-36 OSI/IP Scenario 5: GNE Without an OSI DCC Connection 13-56 Figure 13-37 OSI/IP Scenario 6: IP OSS, OSI DCN, ONS GNE, OSI DCC, and Other Vendor ENE 13-57 Figure 13-38 OSI/IP Scenario 7: OSI OSS, OSI DCN, Other Vender GNE, OSI DCC, and ONS NEs 13-58 Figure 13-39 OSI/IP Scen ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 30

    Figure s xxx Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 31

    TABLES xxxi Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 T able 1 Cisco ONS 15454 Refe rence Manual Chapters 1-xlii T able 1-1 EIA Types Compatible with the 15454-SA-ANSI Only 1-15 T able 1-2 EIA Configurations Compatible with the 15454-SA-ANSI and the 15454-SA-HD 1-16 T able 1-3 MiniBNC Protection Types and Slots 1-21 T able 1-4 J-Labelling ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 32

    Tables xxxii Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 T able 1-28 BITS External Timing Pin Assignments 1-67 T able 1-29 LAN Pin As signments 1-68 T able 1-30 Craft In terface Pin Assignments 1- 68 T able 1-31 Slot and Card Symbols 1-70 T able 1-32 Card Ports, Line Rates, and Connectors 1-70 T able 1-33 ONS 15454 Software and Hardware Comp ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 33

    Tables xxxiii Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 T able 3-6 DS1/E1-56 Card-Level Indicators 3-12 T able 3-7 DS3-12 and DS3N-12 Card-Level Indicators 3-14 T able 3-8 DS3/EC1-48 Slot Restrictions 3-15 T able 3-9 DS3/EC1-48 Card-Level Indicators 3-18 T able 3-10 DS3i-N-12 Card-Level Indicators 3-20 T able 3-11 DS3-12E and DS3N-12E Car ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 34

    Tables xxxiv Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 T able 5-3 E100T-12 Card-Level Indicators 5-5 T able 5-4 E100T-12 Port-Level Indicators 5-5 T able 5-5 E100T-G Card-Level Indicators 5-7 T able 5-6 E100T-G Port-Level Indicators 5-8 T able 5-7 E1000-2 Card-Level Indicators 5-10 T able 5-8 E1000-2 Port-Level Indicators 5-10 T able 5-9 E ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 35

    Tables xxxv Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 T able 8-6 Node View Card Port Colors an d Service States 8-9 T able 8-7 Node View Tabs and Subtabs 8-10 T able 8-8 Network View Tabs and Subtabs 8-12 T able 8-9 Node Status Shown in Network View 8-13 T able 8-10 DCC Colors Indicating State in Network View 8-13 T able 8-11 Link Icons 8 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 36

    Tables xxxvi Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 T able 12-4 Comparison of the Protection Sche mes 12-18 T able 12-5 Slot 5, 6, 12, and 13 Upgrade Options 12-23 T able 12-6 Upgrade Options for Slots 1 through 4 and 14 through 17 12-23 T able 13-1 General ONS 15454 IP Troublesho oting Checklist 13-2 T able 13-2 ONS 15454 Gateway and E ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 37

    Tables xxxvii Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 T able 15-6 DS1-14 and DS1N-14 Card PMs 15-17 T able 15-7 DS3-12 and DS3N-12 Card PMs 15-19 T able 15-8 DS3-12E and DS3N-12E Card PMs 15-21 T able 15-9 DS3i-N-12 Card PMs 15-22 T able 15-10 DS3XM-6 Ca rd PMs 15-24 T able 15-11 DS3XM- 12 Card PMs 15-26 T able 15-12 DS3/EC1-4 8 Card PM ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 38

    Tables xxxviii Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 T able A-2 Individual Card Power Requirements A-6 T able A-3 Card Temperature Ranges and P roduct Names A-8 T able B-1 ONS 15454 Service State Primary States and Primary State Qu alifiers B-1 T able B-2 ONS 15454 Secondary States B-2 T able B-3 ONS 15454 Administrative States B-3 T a ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 39

    xxxix Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 About this Manual Note The terms "Unidirection al Path Swit ched Ring" and "U PSR" may appear in Cisco liter ature. These terms do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15 xxx products in a unidirectio nal path switched ring conf iguration. Rather , these terms, as well as "P ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 40

    xl Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 About this Man ual April 2008 Added a note in the User Passw ord, Login, and Access Policies section in the Security chapter . Updated note on protect ion switching in Link Capacit y Adjustment section in Circuits an d T unnel s chapter . May 2008 Updated the table, Software and Hardw are Compat ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 41

    xli Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 About this Manual Document Objectives This manual pro vides reference inform ation for the Cisco ONS 15454 . Audience T o use this pub lication, you should b e familiar with Cisco or equiv alent opt ical transmissio n hardware and cabling, telecommunications h ardware and cabl ing, electronic ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 42

    xlii Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 About this Man ual Document Organization T able 1 Cisco ONS 15454 Ref er ence Manual Chapters T itle S ummary Chapter 1, “Sh elf and Back plane Hardw are” Includes descriptions of t he rack, backplane, backplane pin s, ferrites, po wer and ground, fan-tray assembly , air filter , card slot ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 43

    xliii Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 About this Manual Related Documentation Use the Cisco ONS 15454 Ref er ence Manual with the follo wing referenced publications: • Cisco ONS 15454 Pr ocedur e Guide Provides pr ocedures to install, turn u p, provision, an d maintain a Cisco ONS 15454 nod e and network. • Cisco ONS 15454 T ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 44

    xliv Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 About this Man ual Document Conventions This publication u ses the follo wing con ventions: Note Means reader take note . Notes contain helpful suggestions or references to material n ot cov ered in the document. Caution Means re a d e r b e c a re fu l . In this situation, the user might do s ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 45

    xlv Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 About this Manual War ni n g IMPORT ANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS This warning symbol means danger . Y ou are in a situation that could cause bodily injury . Before you work on any equipment, be aware of the haza rds involved with elec trical circuitry and be familiar with standard practices for pre ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 46

    xlvi Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 About this Man ual Avvertenza IMPORT ANTI ISTRUZIONI SULLA SICUREZZA Questo simbolo di avvertenza indica un pericolo. La situazione potrebbe causare infortuni alle persone. Prima di intervenire su qua lsiasi apparecchiatura, occorre essere al corrente dei pe ricoli relativi ai circuiti elet tr ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 47

    xlvii Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 About this Manual ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 48

    xlviii Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 About this Man ual Avis o INSTRUÇÕES IMPORT ANTES DE SEGURANÇA Este símbolo de aviso significa perigo. V ocê se encontra em uma situação em que há risco de lesões corporais. Antes de trabalhar com qualquer equipam ento, esteja ciente dos riscos que envolvem os circuitos elétricos e ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 49

    xlix Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 About this Manual ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 50

    l Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 About this Man ual Obtaining Documentation and Submitting a Service Request Obtaining Optical Networking Information This section contains inf ormation that is specif ic to optical network ing products. For information that pertains to all of Cisco, refer to the Obtai ning Documentation and Submi ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 51

    CH A P T E R 1-1 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 1 Shelf and Backplane Hardware Note The terms "Unidirection al Path Swit ched Ring" and "U PSR" may appear in Cisco liter ature. These terms do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15 xxx products in a unidirectio nal path switched ring conf iguration. Rather , these te ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 52

    1-2 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.1 1.1 Overview Caution Unused card slots should be filled with a detect able f iller card (Cisco P/N 15454-FILLER) or a non-detectable f iller card (Ci sco P/N 15454-BLANK). The f iller card ensures pr oper airflo w when operating the ONS 1545 4 without ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 53

    1-3 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.2 1.2 Rack Installation • United States: National Fire Protection Associatio n (NFP A) 70; U nited Stat es National Electrical Code • Canada: Cana dian Electrical Code, Part I, CS A C22.1 • Other count ries: If loca l and nati onal electrical code ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 54

    1-4 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.2 1.2.1 Reversible Mountin g Bracket Figur e 1 -1 Cisco ONS 15454 ANSI Dimensions 1.2.1 Reversible Mounting Bracket Caution Use only the f astening hardware pro vided wit h the ONS 15454 to pre vent loosening, deterioration, and electromechanical corros ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 55

    1-5 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.2 1.2.2 Mounting a Single Node 1.2.2 Mounting a Single Node Mounting the ONS 15454 in a rack requir es a minimum of 18.5 inches (469.9 mm) of v ertical rack space and one additional inch (25.4 mm) for air flo w . T o ensure the mounting is secur e, use ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 56

    1-6 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.3 1.2.4 ONS 15454 Bay Assembly 1.2.4 ONS 15454 Bay Assembly The Cisco ONS 15454 Bay Asse mbly si mplifies ordering and installing the ONS 15454 because it allows you to order shelf assemblies preins talled in a sev en -foot (2.13 3 m) rack. The Bay Asse ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 57

    1-7 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.3 1.3 Front Door Figur e 1 -4 Cisco ONS 15454 Deep Door . The ONS 15454 door lock s with a pinned he x key that ships with the ONS 15454. A b utton o n the right side of the shelf assembly releases the do or . Y ou can remov e the fr ont door of the ONS ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 58

    1-8 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.3 1.3 Front Door Figur e 1 -5 ONS 15454 Fr ont Door Gr ound Strap Figure 1-6 sho ws how to remo ve th e front door . 71048 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 59

    1-9 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.3 1.3 Front Door Figur e 1 -6 Removing the ONS 15454 F ront Door An erasable label is pasted on the inside of the front door ( Figure 1 -7 ). Y ou can use the label to record slot assignments, port assignments, card types, node ID, rack ID, and serial n ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 60

    1-10 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.4 1.4 B ackplane Covers Figur e 1 -7 Fr ont-Door Er asable Label Note The front door label also includes the Class I and Class 1M laser warning ( F igure 1-8 ). Figure 1 -8 Laser W arning on the Fr ont-Door Label 1.4 Backplane Covers If a backpla ne do ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 61

    1-11 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.4 1.4.1 Lower Backplane Cover Figure 1 -9 Backplane Cov ers 1.4.1 Lower Backplane Cover The lower section of the ONS 15454 backplane is co vered b y either a clear plastic protector (15454-SA-ANSI) or a sheet metal co ver (1545 4-SA-HD), which is held ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 62

    1-12 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.4 1.4.2 Rear Cover 1.4.2 Rear Cover The ONS 15454 has an optional clear plast ic rear c over . T hi s c le a r p la st ic cove r p r ovi de s a dd it io n al protection for the cables and connectors on the backplane. Figure 1-11 shows the rear cov er s ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 63

    1-13 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.4 1.4.3 Alarm Interface Panel Figur e 1 -12 Installing the Plas tic Rear Cov er with Spacers 1.4.3 Alarm Interface Panel The AIP is locat ed abov e the al arm contacts o n the lo wer secti on of the backpla ne. The AIP pro vides surge pro tection for t ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 64

    1-14 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.5 1.5 Electrical Interface Assemblies Y o u can replace the AIP on an in-s ervice system without af fecting tr af fic (e xcept Ethernet traff ic on nodes running a software r elease earl ier than R elease 4.0). The ci rcuit repa ir feature allows you t ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 65

    1-15 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.5 1.5.1 EIA Installation 1.5.1 EIA Installation Optional EIA backplane co ver s are typically preinstall ed when ordered wi th the ONS 15454. A minimal amount of assembly might be required w hen EIAs are ordered separately from t he ONS 15454. If you a ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 66

    1-16 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.5 1.5.2 EIA Configurations T able 1-2 sho ws the EIA types supported b y both the 154 54-SA-ANSI and the 1545 4-SA-HD (high density) shel f assemblies. SMB DS-1 DS-3 EC-1 DS3XM-6 84 pairs of SMB connectors Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5 Slot 6 1545 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 67

    1-17 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.5 1.5.3 BNC EIA 1.5.3 BNC EIA The ONS 15454 BNC EIA suppor ts 24 DS-3 circuits on each side of the ONS 15454 (24 tr ansmit and 24 recei ve connector s). If you install BN C EIAs on both sides of the shelf assembl y , the ONS 15454 hosts up to 48 circui ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 68

    1-18 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.5 1.5.3 BNC EIA type. Use RG-59/U cable to connect to the ONS 15 454 BNC EIA. These c ables are recommended to connect to a pat ch panel and are desig ned for long runs. Y ou can use BNC EIAs fo r DS-3 (including the DS3XM-6 and DS3XM-12) or EC-1 cards ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 69

    1-19 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.5 1.5.4 High-Density BNC EIA 1.5.3.2 BNC Insertion and Removal Tool Due to the lar ge number of BNC connector s on the hi gh-density BNC EIA, you mig ht require a special tool for inserting and remo ving BNC EIAs ( Figu re 1-14 ). This tool also help s ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 70

    1-20 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.5 1.5.5 MiniBNC EIA Figure 1 -15 High-Density BNC Backplane fo r Use in 1:N Prot ection Schemes The EIA side marked “ A” hosts 48 pairs of BNC connectors. Each column of connector pairs is numbered and corresponds to the slot of the same number . T ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 71

    1-21 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.5 1.5.5 MiniBNC EIA • DS3/EC1-48 MiniBNCs support a v ailable high -density cards in unprotected and 1:N protection (where N < 2) protection groups. T able 1-3 sho ws protection groups and their applicab le slot assignments. 1.5.5.1 MiniBNC Connec ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 72

    1-22 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.5 1.5.5 MiniBNC EIA Figure 1 -16 MiniBNC Backplane for Use in 1:N Pr otection Sc hemes ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 73

    1-23 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.5 1.5.5 MiniBNC EIA T able 1-4 and Ta b l e 1 - 5 sho w the J-labelling and correspondi ng card ports for a shelf assembly configured with lo w-density electrical cards. T able 1 -4 J-Labelli ng P or t Assignments f or a Shelf Assembly Configur e with ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 74

    1-24 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.5 1.5.5 MiniBNC EIA T able 1-6 and Ta b l e 1 - 7 show the J-labelling and correspondi ng card ports for a shelf assembly confi gured with high-density 48-p ort DS-3/EC-1electrical cards. T able 1 -5 J-Labelli ng P or t Assignments f or a Shelf Assemb ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 75

    1-25 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.5 1.5.5 MiniBNC EIA T able 1 -6 J-Labelli ng P or t Assignments f or a Sh elf Configur ed with Hi gh-Density Electr ical Cards (A Side) Slot Port T ype TX J4 J3 J2 J1 J5 J6 J7 J8 T1 T13 T25 T37 T1 T13 T25 T37 T2 T14 T26 T38 T2 T14 T26 T38 T3 T15 T27 T3 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 76

    1-26 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.5 1.5.5 MiniBNC EIA 1.5.5.2 MiniBNC Inserti on and Removal Tool Due to the lar ge number of MiniBNC connect ors on the Mini BNC EIA, you mi ght require a special tool for inserting and r emoving Mi niBNC EIAs ( Figure 1-17 ). This tool also helps with ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 77

    1-27 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.5 1. 5.6 SMB EIA Figur e 1 -17 MiniBNC Insertion an d Remo v al T ool This tool can be obtained with P/N 227-T1000 fro m: Amphenol USA (www .amphenol.com) One K ennedy Dri v e Danbu ry , CT 06810 Phone: 203 743-9272 F ax: 203 796 -2032 This tool can be ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 78

    1-28 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.5 1.5.7 AMP Champ EIA Figur e 1 -18 SMB EIA Backplane The SMB EIA has 84 transmit and 84 receiv e connect ors on each side of the ONS 15454 for a total of 168 SMB connectors (84 ci rcuits). The EIA side marked “ A” hosts 84 SMB connec tors in six c ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 79

    1-29 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.5 1.5.7 AMP Champ EIA Because each DS1-14 card supports 14 DS-1 ports, on ly 56 pins (28 pairs) of the 64-pi n connector are used. Prepare one 56-wire c able fo r each D S-1 facility installed. Figure 1 -19 AMP Champ EIA Backplane T able 1-8 sho ws the ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 80

    1-30 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.5 1.5.7 AMP Champ EIA T able 1-9 sho ws the pin assignments for the A MP Champ connectors on the ONS 15454 AMP Champ EIA for a shield ed DS-1 cable. T able 1 -8 AMP Champ Co nnecto r Pin Assignments Signal/Wire Pin Pin Signal/Wire Signal/Wire Pin Pin S ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 81

    1-31 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.5 1.5.7 AMP Champ EIA When using DS-1 AMP Champ cabl es, you must equip t he ONS 15454 with an AMP Champ connector EIA on each side of the backplane where DS-1 cabl e s will terminate. Each AMP Champ connector on the EIA corresponds to a slot in the sh ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 82

    1-32 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.5 1.5.8 UBIC-V EIA 1.5.8 UBIC-V EIA UBIC-V EIAs are attached to the shelf a ssembly b ackplane to provide up to 112 transmit and recei ve connections through 16 SCSI conn ectors per side (A and B). The UBIC-V EIAs are designed to support DS-1, DS-3, an ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 83

    1-33 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.5 1.5.9 UBIC-H EIA The UBIC-V she et metal c ov ers use the sam e screw holes as the stand ard sheet me tal covers, b ut they hav e 12 additional holes for pan-head scre ws and three holes for jack scre ws, so you can screw do wn the cov er and the boa ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 84

    1-34 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.5 1.5.9 UBIC-H EIA Y ou can install UBIC-Hs on one or both sides of the ONS 1545 4. As you face the rear of t he ONS 15454 shelf assembly , the right side is the A side (154 54-EIA-UBICH-A) and the left si de is the B side (15454-EIA-UBICH-B). The diag ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 85

    1-35 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.5 1.5.9 UBIC-H EIA Ta b l e s 1-13 and 1- 14 show the J-labell ing and corresponding card ports for a shelf assembly conf igured with high-density 48 -port DS-3/EC- 1 or 56-port DS-1 electrical cards. T able 1 -1 1 J-Labelling Por t Assignments for a S ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 86

    1-36 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.5 1.5.9 UBIC-H EIA If you are inst alling UBIC-H EIAs after the sh elf assembly i s installed, plu g the UBIC-H EIA into the backplane. The UBIC-H backplane must replace the standard sheet metal cover to provide access to the cable connectors. The UBIC ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 87

    1-37 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.6 1.5.10 EIA Replacement The A and B sides each host 16 high-density , 50-pin SCSI co nnectors. The A-side maps to Slots 1 through 6 an d the B-side maps to Slots 12 th rough 17. In Software Releases prior to Release 5.0, UBIC -Hs support unprotected, ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 88

    1-38 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.7 1.7.2 Electrical Inte rface Adapters Caution Alway s use the supplied ESD wristband when wo rking with a po wered ONS 15454. Plug the wristband cable into the ESD jack located on th e lower -right outside edge of the shelf assemb ly . If you use DS-1 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 89

    1-39 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.8 1.8 UBIC-V Cables 1.8 UBIC-V Cables Note Cisco Systems announced the end-of- sale and end-of-life dates for the Cisco ONS 15454 MSPP Univ ersal BackPlane Interface Adapter, V ertical Or ientation (UB IC-V), and its DS1 and DS3 Cables. For furth er de ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 90

    1-40 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.8 1.8 UBIC-V Cables T able 1 -16 UBIC-V DS-1 SCSI Connector Pin Out Port SCS I Pin SCSI Pin Port #1 1 26 #7 FGnd 2 27 FGnd FGnd 3 28 FGnd FGnd 4 29 FGnd #2 5 30 #8 FGnd 6 31 FGnd FGnd 7 32 FGnd FGnd 8 33 FGnd #3 9 34 #9 FGnd 10 35 FGnd FGnd 11 36 FGnd ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 91

    1-41 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.8 1.8 UBIC-V Cables Figure 1 -24 UBIC-V DS-1 Cable Schematic Diagr am T able 1-17 sho ws the UBIC-V DS-1 T ip/Ring color coding. UBIC-V DS-1 Cable Shield to connector shell T ip DS1 #1 Ring DS1 #1 T ip DS1 #2 Ring DS1 #2 100Ω Differential DS-1 T o/Fro ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 92

    1-42 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.8 1.8 UBIC-V Cables T able 1-18 identif ies the UBIC-V SCSI connecto r pin assignments for the DS-3/EC-1 cables as referenced from the EIA backpl ane to t he SCSI connecto r . T able 1 -17 UBIC-V DS-1 Tip/Ring Color Coding Wire Color Signal Signal Wire ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 93

    1-43 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.8 1.8 UBIC-V Cables Figure 1-25 shows the UBIC-V DS-3/ EC- 1 cable schematic diagra m. #5 17 42 #11 FGnd 18 43 FG nd FGnd 19 44 FG nd FGnd 20 45 FG nd #6 21 46 #12 FGnd 22 47 FG nd FGnd 23 48 FG nd FGnd 24 49 FG nd Not connected 25 50 Not connected T a ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 94

    1-44 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.9 1.9 UBIC-H Cables Figur e 1 -25 UBIC-V DS-3/EC- 1 Cable Sc hematic Diagram 1.9 UBIC-H Cables The UBIC-H EIA is designed to support DS-1, DS-3, o r EC-1 signals. The type of signal supported is determined by the UBIC-H cable assembly that you order . ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 95

    1-45 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.9 1.9 UBIC-H Cables T o support DS-3 or EC-1 signals, select the DS-3/EC-1 UBIC-H cable assembly (part n umber 15454-CADS3-H-<lengt h>). DS-1 cables for the UBIC-H hav e a maximum supported distance of 65 5 feet (199.6 m). DS-1 cables arri ve wit ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 96

    1-46 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.9 1.9 UBIC-H Cables Figure 1 -26 Cable Connector Pins T able 1-19 identif ies the UBIC-H SCSI connecto r pin assignments for the DS-1 cables as referenced from the EIA backplane to the SCSI connector . Note Con versio n from the back plan e’ s single ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 97

    1-47 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.9 1.9 UBIC-H Cables Figure 1 -27 UBIC-H DS-1 Cable Schematic Diagr am T able 1-20 sho ws the UBIC-H DS-1 T ip/Ring color coding. FGnd 23 48 FGnd FGnd 24 49 FGnd #13 25 5 0 #14 T able 1 -19 UBIC-H DS-1 SCSI Connector Pin Out (continued) Port SCS I Pin S ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 98

    1-48 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.9 1.9 UBIC-H Cables T able 1-21 identif ies the UBIC-H SCSI connecto r pin assignments for the DS-3/EC-1 cables as referenced from the EIA backpl ane to t he SCSI connecto r . T able 1 -20 UBIC-H DS-1 Tip/Ring Color Coding Wire Color Signal Signal Wire ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 99

    1-49 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.9 1.9 UBIC-H Cables Figure 1-28 shows the UBIC-H DS-3/ EC- 1 cable schematic diagra m #5 17 42 #11 FGnd 18 43 FG nd FGnd 19 44 FG nd FGnd 20 45 FG nd #6 21 46 #12 FGnd 22 47 FG nd FGnd 23 48 FG nd FGnd 24 49 FG nd Not connected 25 50 Not connected T ab ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 100

    1-50 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.10 1.10 Ethernet Cables Figur e 1 -28 UBIC-H DS-3/EC- 1 Cable Sc hematic Diagram 1.10 Ethernet Cables Ethernet cables use RJ-45 connectors, and are straight-t hrough or crossov er , depending on what is connected to them. T able 1-22 sho ws 100Base-TX ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 101

    1-51 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.10 1.10 Ethernet Cables Figure 1-29 show s the pin locations on 100 BaseT connector . Figur e 1 -29 1 0 0Bas eT Connector Pins Figure 1-30 show s the straight-through Ethernet cabl e schematic. Use a straight-through cable when connecting to a r outer ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 102

    1-52 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.11 1.11 Cable Routing and Ma nagement Figure 1-31 shows the crosso ver Ethernet cable schematic. Use a c rossov er cable when connecting to a switch or hub . Figur e 1 -31 Cr ossov er Cable 1.11 Cable Routing and Management The ONS 15454 cable manageme ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 103

    1-53 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.11 1.11.1 Fiber Management Figur e 1 -32 Managing Cables on the F ro nt P anel 1.11.1 Fiber Management The univ ersal cable router is desi gned to route f iber jumpers out of b oth sides of the shelf. Slots 1 to 6 exit t o the left, and Slots 12 to 17 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 104

    1-54 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.11 1.11.2 Fiber Management Using the Tie-Down Bar Plan your fiber size according to the number of card s/ports installed in each side of the shelf. For exam ple, if your port combinat ion requires 36 f ibers , 3 mm (0.11 inch) f iber is adequate. If yo ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 105

    1-55 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.12 1.11.4 DS-1 Twisted-Pair Cable Mana gement 1.11.4 DS-1 Twisted-Pair Cable Management Connect twisted pair/DS -1 cables to SMB EIAs on the ONS 15454 backplane using cable connectors and DS-1 EIAs (baluns) . 1.11.5 AMP Champ Cable Management EIAs hav ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 106

    1-56 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.12 1.12.1 Wire-Wrap and Pin Connections Figure 1 -36 AEP Block Diagram Each AEP alarm input port ha s provis ionable label and se verity . The alarm inputs ha ve opto coupler isolation. The y hav e one common 48-VDC output an d a maximum of 2 mA per in ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 107

    1-57 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.12 1.12.1 Wire-Wrap and Pin Con nections Figure 1-38 is a circuit diagram of the al arm inputs (Inputs 1 and 32 are sho wn in the e xample). Figur e 1 -38 Alar m Input Circuit Diagr am T able 1-25 lists the connections to the external alarm sources. V ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 108

    1-58 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.12 1.12.1 Wire-Wrap and Pin Connections Figure 1-39 is a circuit diagram of the al arm outputs (Outpu ts 1 and 16 are sho wn in the e xample). 8 GND 34 A LARM_IN_10– 9 ALARM_IN_11– 35 ALARM_IN_12– 10 ALARM_IN_13– 36 GND 11 GND 37 ALARM_IN_14– ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 109

    1-59 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.12 1.12.1 Wire-Wrap and Pin Con nections Figur e 1 -39 Alar m Output Cir cuit Diagram Use the pin numbers in T able 1-26 to connect to the external elements being switched by e xternal alarms. 78474 Station max. 60 V/100 mA AEP/AIE Output 1 Output 16 T ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 110

    1-60 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.13 1.13 Filler Card 1.13 Filler Card Filler cards are designed to occu py empty multiserv ice and AIC-I slots in the Ci sco ONS 15454 (Slot s 1 – 6, 9, and 12 – 17). The f iller card cannot operate in the XC slot s (Slots 8 and 10) o r TCC slots (7 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 111

    1-61 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.14 1.14 Fan-Tray Assembly Figur e 1 -40 Det ectable Filler Car d F aceplat e 1.14 Fan-Tray Assembly The fan-tray assembly is located at the bottom of the ONS 154 54 bay assembly . The fan tray is a remov a ble drawer th at holds fans and f an-control c ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 112

    1-62 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.14 1.14.1 Fan Speed an d Power Requirements The front of the fan-tray assembly has an LCD screen that provides sl ot- and port-le vel information for all ONS 15454 card slots, including the number o f Critical, Majo r , and Minor alarms. F or optical c ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 113

    1-63 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.15 1.14.3 Air Filter 1.14.3 Air Filter The ONS 15454 contains a reusable air f i lter; Model 15454-FTF2, t hat is installed either be neath the fan-tray assembly o r in the optional e xternal fi lter brackets. Earli er versions o f the ONS 15454 used a ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 114

    1-64 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.16 1.16 Alar m, Timing, LAN , and Craft P in Connectio ns Figur e 1 -41 Ground P osts on the ONS 15454 Backplane 1.16 Alarm, Timing, LAN, and Craft Pin Connections Caution Alway s use the supplied ESD wristband when wo rking with a po wered ONS 15454. ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 115

    1-65 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.16 1.16 Alarm, Timin g, LAN, and Craft Pin Connec tions Figure 1 -42 ONS 15454 Backplane Pi nouts (Release 3.4 or Later) 1 2 3 4 A FG4 FG3 FG2 FG1 BITS LAN 1 2 3 4 A B 1 2 3 4 A B IN 1 2 3 4 A B IN/OUT FG6 FG5 7 8 9 5 10 6 A B A B ENVIRONMENTAL ALARMS ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 116

    1-66 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.16 1.16.1 Alarm Contact Connections Figur e 1 -43 ONS 15454 Backplane Pinouts 1.16.1 Alarm Contact Connections The alarm pin f ield supports up to 17 alarm contacts, i ncluding four audible alar ms, four visual alarms, one alarm cu tof f (A CO), an d f ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 117

    1-67 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.16 1.16.2 Timing Connections V isual and audible alarms are typicall y wired to trigger an alarm light or bell at a central alarm collection point when the correspon ding contacts are closed. Y ou can use the Alarm Cutoff pins to acti vate a remote A C ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 118

    1-68 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.17 1.16.4 TL1 Craft Interface Inst allation 1.16.4 TL1 Craft Interface Installation Y ou can use the craft pins on the ONS 15454 backplane or the EIA/TI A-232 port on the TCC2/TCC2P card faceplate to create a VT100 emulation window to serve as a TL1 cr ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 119

    1-69 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.17 1.17.1 Card Slo t Requirements Figur e 1 -44 Instal ling Card s in the ONS 15454 1.17.1 Card Slot Requirements The ONS 15454 shelf assembly has 17 card slots numbered sequentially from le ft to right. Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17 are multiservice slots ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 120

    1-70 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.17 1.17.1 Card Slot Requirements Note Protection schemes and EIA types ca n af fect slot compatibility . T able 1-32 lists the number of ports, l ine rates, connector options, and conn ector locations f or ONS 15454 optical and el ectrical cards. T abl ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 121

    1-71 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.17 1.17.1 Card Slo t Requirements DS3/EC1-48 48 2.147 Gbps SMB or BNC Backplane EC1-12 12 51.84 Mbps SMB or BNC 1 Backplane E100T -12 12 100 Mbps RJ-45 Faceplate E1000-2 2 1 Gbps SC (GBIC) Faceplate E100T -G 12 100 Mbps RJ-45 Faceplate E1000-2-G 2 1 Gb ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 122

    1-72 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.17 1.17.2 Card Replacement 1.17.2 Card Replacement T o replace an ONS 15454 card with another card of the same type, you do not need to make any chang es to the data base; remo ve th e old card an d replace it wi th a ne w card. T o replace a c ard wit ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 123

    1-73 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.18 1.18 Software and Hardware Compatibility 1.18 Software and Hardware Compatibility T able 1-33 sho ws ONS 15454 softw are and hardware comp atibility for nodes co nfigu red with XC or XCVT cards for Releases 4.6, 4.7, 5.0, 6.0, and 7.0. For softwa re ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 124

    1-74 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.18 1.18 Softwar e and Hardware Compatibility ML1000-2 All Fully compatible Fully compatible Fully compatible Fully compatible ML100X-8 All Not supported Not supported Fully compatible Fully compatible ML-MR-10 4 SA-HD and SA-ANSI Not supported Not supp ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 125

    1-75 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.18 1.18 Software and Hardware Compatibility T able 1-34 sho ws ONS 15454 softwa re and hardware compatibil ity for systems conf igured with XC10G or XC-VXC-10G cards for Releases 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 5.0, 6.0 , and 7.0. The 15454-SA-ANSI or 15454-SA-HD shelf ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 126

    1-76 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.18 1.18 Softwar e and Hardware Compatibility DS3-12 2 All Fully compatib le Fully compatible Partially supported Partially s upporte d DS3N-12 All Fully compatible Fully compatible Partially supported Partially s upporte d DS3i-N-12 All Fully compatibl ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 127

    1-77 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf and Bac kplane Hardware 1.18 1.18 Software and Hardware Compatibility If an upgrade is required f or compatibility , contac t the Cisco T e chnical Assistance Center (T A C). For contact information, go to http://www .cisco.com/tac . OC12/STM4-4 SA-HD and SA-ANSI Fully compatib ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 128

    1-78 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 1 Shelf an d Backplane Hardware 1.18 1.18 Softwar e and Hardware Compatibility ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 129

    CH A P T E R 2-1 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 2 Common Control Cards Note The terms "Unidirection al Path Swit ched Ring" and "U PSR" may appear in Cisco liter ature. These terms do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15 xxx products in a unidirectio nal path switched ring conf iguration. Rather , these terms, as ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 130

    2-2 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.1 2. 1.1 Ca rds Summ ary T able 2-1 Common Control Card F unctions Card Description For Additional Information... TCC2 The Advanced T iming, Communications, and Control (TC C2) card is the main proc essing center for the ONS 15454 and pr ovides syst em initializ ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 131

    2-3 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.1 2.1.2 Card Compatibility 2.1.2 Card Compatibility T able 2-2 lists the Cisco T ransport Controller (CTC ) software release compatibi lity for each common-control card. In the tables below , “Y es” me ans cards are compatible with the list ed software versi ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 132

    2-4 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.1 2.1.3 Cross-Connect Card Compatibility T able 2-4 lists the cross-connect card compatibility for each electrical card. F or electrical card software compatiblilty , see T able 3-2 on page 3-3 . Note The XC card is compatible with most elec trical cards, with t ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 133

    2-5 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.1 2.1.3 Cross-Connect Card Compatibility T able 2-6 lists the cross-connect card co mpatibility for each Ethernet card. F or Ethernet card software compatibility , see T able 5-2 on page 5-3 . Note The XC card is compatible with mo st Ethernet cards, wi th the e ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 134

    2-6 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.2 2.2 TCC2 Card T able 2-7 lists the cross-connect card co mpatibility for each stor age ar ea networ k (SAN) card. For SAN card software compati bility , see the “6.1.3 FC_MR-4 Compatibility” section on page 6-4 . 2.2 TCC2 Card Note For hardware specificati ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 135

    2-7 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.2 2.2.1 TCC2 Card Functionality Figur e 2-1 TCC2 Card F ace plate and Bloc k Diagram 2.2.1 TCC2 Card Functionality The TCC2 card supports multichannel, hig h-le vel data link control (HDLC) processing for the DCC. Up to 84 DCCs can be routed over the TCC2 card a ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 136

    2-8 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.2 2.2.2 TCC2 Card-Level In dicators The TCC2 card also originates and terminates a cell bus carried o ver the mod ule. The cell b us supports links between an y two cards in t he node, which is e ssential for peer -to-peer commun ication. Peer- to-peer communica ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 137

    2-9 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.2 2.2.3 Network-Level Indicators 2.2.3 Network-Level Indicators T able 2-9 describes the six netw ork-le vel LEDs on t he TCC2 faceplate. T able 2-8 TCC2 Card-L evel Ind icator s Card-Level LEDs Definition Red F AIL LED This LED is on during reset. The F AIL LED ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 138

    2-10 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.3 2.2.4 Power-Level Indica tors 2.2.4 Power-Level Indicators T able 2-10 describes the two po wer -le vel LEDs on the TCC2 f aceplate. 2.3 TCC2P Card Note For hardware specifications, see the “ A.4.2 TCC2P Card Specifi cations” section on page A-11 . The TC ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 139

    2-11 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.3 2.3.1 TCC2P Functionality Figur e 2-2 TCC2P F acepl at e and Block Diagr am 2.3.1 TCC2P Functionality The TCC2P card support s multichannel, high-le vel data link control (HDLC) processing for the DCC. Up to 84 D CCs can be ro uted over the TCC2P card an d up ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 140

    2-12 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.3 2.3. 1 TC C2P Funct ionality The TCC2P card also originates a nd terminates a cell bus carried o ver the modul e. The cell b us supports links between an y two cards in t he node, which is e ssential for p eer-to-peer communication. Peer -to-peer communicatio ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 141

    2-13 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.3 2. 3.2 TCC2 P Card -Level Indicators card, taking about 15 to 20 minutes to co mplete. If the backup sof tware version on t he new TCC2P card does not match the version on the activ e TCC2P card, the newly inserted TCC2P card copies the backup software from t ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 142

    2-14 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.4 2.3.4 Power-Level Indica tors 2.3.4 Power-Level Indicators T able 2-13 describes the two po wer -le vel LEDs on the TCC2P f aceplate. 2.4 XCVT Card Note For hardware specifications, see the “ A.4.3 XCVT Card Specif ications” section on page A-12 . The Cro ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 143

    2-15 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.4 2.4.1 XCVT Functionality Figure 2-3 XCVT F ace pl ate and Block Diagr am 2.4.1 XCVT Functionality The STS-1 switch matrix on the XCVT card consists of 288 bidirecti onal ports and adds a VT mat rix that can manage up to 336 bidirectional VT1 .5 ports or the e ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 144

    2-16 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.4 2.4.2 VT Mapping The XCVT card works with the TCC2/TCC2P cards to maintain connections and set up cross-connects within the node. The cross-conn ect cards (such as the XCVT a nd XC10G), installed in Slots 8 and 10, are required to operat e the ONS 15454. Y ou ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 145

    2-17 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.4 2.4.3 XCVT Hosting DS3XM-6 or DS3XM-12 2.4.3 XCVT Hosting DS3XM-6 or DS3XM-12 A DS3XM card can demultiple x (map do wn to a lo wer rate) M13-mapped DS-3 si gnals into 28 DS-1s that are then mapped to VT1.5 pa yloads. The VT1.5s can then be cross-connected b y ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 146

    2-18 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.5 2.5 XC10G Card 2.5 XC10G Card Note For hardware specifications, see the “ A.4.4 XC10G Card Specif ications” section on page A-12 . The 10 Giga bit Cross Connec t (XC10G) card establis hes connections at the STS-1 and VT lev els. The XC10G provi des STS-19 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 147

    2-19 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.5 2.5.1 XC10G Functionality Figure 2-5 X C1 0G F aceplate and Bloc k Diagram 2.5.1 XC10G Functionality The XC10G card manag es up to 672 bidi rectional VT1.5 por ts and 1152 bidir ectional STS-1 ports. Th e TCC2/TCC2P cards assign bandwidth to each slot on a pe ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 148

    2-20 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.5 2.5.2 VT Mapping Caution Do not operate the ONS 15 454 with only one X CVT or XC10G card. T wo cross-connect cards of the same type (either tw o XCVT or two XC10G car ds) must alwa ys be installed. Figure 2-6 sho ws the c ross-connect matrix. Figure 2-6 X C1 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 149

    2-21 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.5 2.5.3 XC10G Hosting DS3XM-6 or DS3XM-12 2.5.3 XC10G Hosting DS3XM-6 or DS3XM-12 A DS3XM card can demultiple x (map do wn to a lo wer rate) M13-mapped DS-3 si gnals into 28 DS-1s that are the n mapped t o VT1.5 paylo ads. The VT1.5 s can then be cross-conn ect ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 150

    2-22 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.6 2.5.5 XCVT/XC10G/XC-VXC-10G Compatibility 2.5.5 XCVT/XC10G/XC-VXC-10G Compatibility The XC10G and XC-VXC-10G card s support the same features as the XCVT card. The XC10G or XC-VXC-10G cards are required fo r OC-192, OC-48 any-sl ot (AS), OC3-8, and OC12-4 ope ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 151

    2-23 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.6 2.6.1 XC-VXC-10G Functionality Figur e 2-7 X C-VX C-1 0G F ace plat e and Block Diagr am 2.6.1 XC-VXC-10G Functionality The XC-VXC-10G card manages up to 1152 b idirectional high-ord er STS-1 ports. In addit ion, it is able to simultaneously manage one of the ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 152

    2-24 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.6 2.6.1 XC-VXC-10G Functionality At the STS level (high-order cro ss- connect), the XC-VXC-10G is alw ays non-blocking (an y STS-1 from the system can be cross-connected to any other STS- 1 without limitat ion up to 1152 bidirecti onal STS-1 ports (576 STS-1 cr ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 153

    2-25 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.6 2.6.2 VT Mapping Figur e 2-8 X C-VX C-1 0G Cross-Connect Matr ix 2.6.2 VT Mapping The VT structure is designed to transport an d switch payloads belo w the DS-3 rate. The ONS 15454 performs VT mapping accor ding to T elcordia GR-253-CORE standards. T able 2-1 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 154

    2-26 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.6 2.6.3 XC-VXC-10G Hosting DS3XM-6 or DS3XM-12 2.6.3 XC-VXC-10G Hosting DS3XM-6 or DS3XM-12 A DS3XM card can demultiple x (map do wn to a lo wer rate) M13-mapped DS-3 si gnals into 28 DS-1s that are then mapped to VT1.5 payloads. The VT1.5s can t hen be cross-c ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 155

    2-27 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.7 2.6.5 XC-VXC-10G Compatibility 2.6.5 XC-VXC-10G Compatibility The XC-VXC-10G card supports the same featur es as the XC10G card. Either the XC 10G or XC-VXC-10G card is required fo r OC-192, OC3-8, and O C12-4 operation and OC-48 AS operatio n. If you are us ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 156

    2-28 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.7 2.7.1 AIC-I Card-Level In dicators Figur e 2-9 AIC-I F aceplat e and Block Diagr am 2.7.1 AIC-I Card-Level Indicators T able 2-20 describes th e eight card-le vel LEDs on the AIC -I card face plate. AIC-I F ail Express orderwire Local orderwire EEPROM LED x2 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 157

    2-29 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.7 2.7.2 Exte rnal Alarms and Controls 2.7.2 External Alarms and Controls The AIC-I card provi des input/output alarm contact closures. Y ou can define up to twelve ex ternal alarm inputs and 4 e xternal alarm inpu ts/outputs (user conf igurable). The physical c ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 158

    2-30 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.7 2.7.3 Orderwire The output contacts can be pro visioned to close on a trigger or to close manually . The trigger can be a local alarm se v erity threshold, a remote alar m sev erity , or a virtual wire: • Local NE alar m sev erity: A hie rarchy of Not R epo ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 159

    2-31 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.7 2.7.4 Power Monitoring The AIC-I supports selecti ve dual tone multifrequen cy (DTMF) diali ng for telephon y connecti vity , which causes one AIC-I card or all ONS 15 454 AIC -I cards on the orderwire subnetw ork to “ring. ” The ringer/buzzer resides on ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 160

    2-32 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 2 Common Control Cards 2.7 2.7.6 Data Communications Channel 2.7.6 Data Communications Channel The DCC features a dedicated data channel of 576 kbps (D4 to D12 b ytes) between two nodes in an ONS 15454 network. Each AIC-I card pro vides tw o DCCs, DC C-A and DCC- B, through separate RJ ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 161

    CH A P T E R 3-1 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 3 Electrical Cards This chapter describes Cisco ONS 15454 electrical card features and functions. For i nstallation and card turn-up procedures, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Pr ocedur e Guide . F or information on the electrical interface assemblies (EIAs), see the “1.5 Electrica ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 162

    3-2 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.1 3.1.1 Card Summary T able 3-1 Cisco ONS 15454 Electrical Car ds Card Name Description For Additional Information EC1-12 The EC1-12 card pro vides 12 T elcordia-compliant, GR-253 STS-1 electrical ports per card. Each po rt operates at 51.840 Mbps o ver a single 750 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 163

    3-3 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.1 3.1.2 Card Compatibility 3.1.2 Card Compatibility T able 3-2 lists the CTC software compatibil ity for each electrical card. See T able 2-4 on page 2-4 for a list of cross-connect cards that are compatible with ea ch electrical card. Note “Y es” indicates that ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 164

    3-4 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.2 3.2 EC1-12 Card 3.2 EC1-12 Card Note For hardware specifications, see the “ A.5.1 EC1-12 Card Specifi cations” section on page A-15 . The EC1-12 card pro vides 12 T elcordia-compliant, GR-253 STS-1 electrical ports per card. Each port operates at 51.840 Mbps o ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 165

    3-5 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.2 3.2.3 EC1-12 Hosted by XCVT, XC10G, or XC-VXC-10G Figur e 3-1 EC1 -12 Faceplat e and Block Diagr am 3.2.3 EC1-12 Hosted by XCVT, XC10G, or XC-VXC-10G All 12 STS-1 payloads from an EC1-12 card ar e carried to the XCVT , XC 10G, or XC-VXC-10G card where the payload ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 166

    3-6 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.3 3.2.5 EC1-12 Port-Level Indicators 3.2.5 EC1-12 Port-Level Indicators Y ou can obtain the status of the EC1-12 card ports b y using the LCD screen o n the ONS 15454 fan tray . Use the LCD to view the status of any port or card slot; the screen di splays the number ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 167

    3-7 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.3 3.3.2 DS1-14 and DS1N-14 Slot Compatibility If you use the DS1N-14 as a st andard DS-1 card in a 1:1 protection group, y ou can install the DS1N -14 card in Slots 1 to 6 or 12 to 17 on the ONS 15 454. If you use the card’ s 1:N functionality , you must install a ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 168

    3-8 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.3 3.3.4 DS1-14 and DS1N-14 Hosted by XCVT, XC10G, or XC-VXC-10G Figur e 3-3 DS1N-14 F aceplate and Bloc k Diagram 3.3.4 DS1-14 and DS1N-14 Hosted by XCVT, XC10G, or XC-VXC-10G All 14 VT1.5 payloads from DS1-1 4 and DSIN-14 cards are carried in a single STS-1 to the ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 169

    3-9 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.4 3.3.6 DS1-14 a nd DS1N-14 Port-Level Indicato rs 3.3.6 DS1-14 and DS1N-14 Port-Level Indicators Y ou can obtain the status of the D S1-14 and DS1N-14 card por ts by using the LCD screen on the ONS 15454 fan -tray assembly . Use the LCD to view the status of an y p ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 170

    3-10 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.4 3.4.2 DS1/E1-56 Faceplate an d Block Diagra m Note The DS1/E1-56 card supports an err orless softw are-initia ted cross-c onnect card sw itch when used in a shelf equipped with XC-VXC-10G and TCC2/TCC2P cards. Y ou can install the DS1/E1-56 card in Slots 1 to 3 o ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 171

    3-11 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.4 3.4.3 DS1/E1-56 Card-Level Indicators Figur e 3-4 DS1/E1 -56 Faceplat e and Block Diagr am 3.4.3 DS1/E1-56 Card-Level Indicators The DS1/E1-56 card has three card-lev el LED indicators ( Ta b l e 3 - 6 ). 131201 U B I C DS1 x56 por ts XFMR/ MUX DS1 Analog x8 por ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 172

    3-12 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.5 3.4.4 DS1/E1-56 Port-Level Indicators 3.4.4 DS1/E1-56 Port-Level Indicators Y ou can obtain the status of the D S1/E1-56 card ports b y using the LCD scr een on the ONS 15454 fan-tray assembly . Use the LCD to view the status of an y port or card slot; the sc ree ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 173

    3-13 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.5 3.5.1 DS3-12 a nd DS3N-12 Slots and Connec tors 3.5.1 DS3-12 and DS3N-12 Slots and Connectors Y ou can install the DS3-12 or DS3N-12 card in Sl ots 1 to 6 or 12 to 17 on t he ONS 15454. Each DS3-12 or DS3N-12 card port featu res DSX-le vel out puts supporting dis ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 174

    3-14 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.5 3.5.3 DS3-12 and DS3N-12 Card-Level Indicators Figure 3-6 sho ws the DS3N-12 faceplate and a blo ck diagram of the card. Figur e 3-6 DS3N-12 F aceplate and Bloc k Diagram 3.5.3 DS3-12 and DS3N-12 Card-Level Indicators T able 3-7 describes the three card-le v el L ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 175

    3-15 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.6 3.5.4 DS3-12 a nd DS3N-12 Port-Level Indicato rs 3.5.4 DS3-12 and DS3N-12 Port-Level Indicators Y ou can find the status o f the 12 DS3-12 and 12 DS3 N-12 card ports by using the LCD screen on the ONS 15454 fan -tray assembly . Use the LCD to view the status of a ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 176

    3-16 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.6 3.6.2 DS3/EC1-48 Faceplate and Block Diagra m Caution Do not install a D S3/EC1-48 card in Slots 1 or 2 if you hav e installed an MXP_2.5G _10G card in Slot 3. Like wise, do not inst all a DS3/EC1-48 card in S lots 16 or 17 if you ha v e installed an MXP_2.5G_10 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 177

    3-17 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.6 3.6.3 DS3/EC1-48 Card-Level Indicators Figur e 3-7 DS3/EC1 -48 Faceplat e and Block Diagr am 3.6.3 DS3/EC1-48 Card-Level Indicators The DS3/EC1-48 card has three card-le v el LED indicators ( Ta b l e 3 - 9 ). 115955 FAIL ACT/STBY SF DS3 EC1 48 Main & Protect ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 178

    3-18 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.7 3.6.4 DS3/EC1-48 Port-Level Indicators 3.6.4 DS3/EC1-48 Port-Level Indicators Y ou can obtain the status of the D S3/EC1-48 card ports b y using the LCD screen on the ONS 15 454 fan-tray assembly . Use the LCD to view the status of an y port or card slot; the sc ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 179

    3-19 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.7 3.7.1 DS3i -N-12 Slots and Con nectors Figur e 3-8 DS3i-N-12 F aceplate and Bloc k Diagram The follo wing list summarizes th e DS3i-N-12 card features: • Provisionable fr aming format (M23, C-bit, or unfr amed) • Autorecognition and provisionin g of incoming ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 180

    3-20 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.8 3.7.2 DS3i-N-12 Card-Level Indicators 3.7.2 DS3i-N-12 Card-Level Indicators T able 3-10 describes the three LEDs on the DS3i-N-12 car d faceplate. 3.7.3 DS3i-N-12 Port-Level Indicators Y ou can find the stat us of the DS3i-N-1 2 card ports b y using the LCD scree ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 181

    3-21 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.8 3.8.1 DS3-12E an d DS3N-12E Slots and Connec tors • FEBE monitoring • FEA C status and loop code detection • Path t race byte support with TIM-P alarm generation The DS3-12E supp orts a 1:1 prot ection scheme, meaning it can operate as the pro tect card for ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 182

    3-22 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.8 3.8.2 DS3-12E Faceplate an d Block Diagr am Figur e 3-9 DS3-12E F aceplat e and Block Diagr am Figure 3-10 show s the DS3N-12E facep late and a block diagram of the card. 61349 B a c k p l a n e DS3 ASIC Flash uP bus SDRAM BTC ASIC Line Interface Unit #1 main DS3 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 183

    3-23 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.8 3.8.3 DS3-12E and DS3N-12E Card-Level Indicators Figur e 3-1 0 DS3N-12E F ace plate and Bloc k Diagram 3.8.3 DS3-12E and DS3N-12E Card-Level Indicators T able 3-11 describes the three card-le vel LEDs on the DS3-12E and DS3N-12E card faceplate s. 61350 B a c k p ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 184

    3-24 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.9 3.8.4 DS3-12E and DS3N-12E Port-Level Indicators 3.8.4 DS3-12E and DS3N-12E Port-Level Indicators Y ou can find the status of the DS3-1 2E and DS3N-12E card ports by usi ng the LCD screen on the ONS 15454 fan-tray assemb ly . Use the LCD to quickly vie w the stat ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 185

    3-25 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.9 3.9.3 DS3XM-6 Host ed By XCVT, XC10G or XC-VXC-10G Figur e 3-1 1 DS3XM-6 F ace plat e and Block Diagr am 3.9.3 DS3XM-6 Hosted By XCVT, XC10G or XC-VXC-10G The DS3XM-6 card works in co njunction with the XCVT card. A single DS3XM-6 can demultiplex si x DS-3 signal ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 186

    3-26 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.10 3.9.5 DS3XM-6 Port-Level Indicators 3.9.5 DS3XM-6 Port-Level Indicators Y ou can find the status o f the six DS3XM-6 card ports b y using the LCD screen on the O NS 15454 fan-tray assembly . Use the LCD to qu i ckly view the status of any port or card slot; the ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 187

    3-27 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.10 3.10.2 Ported Mode The DS3XM-12 supports thr ee different backplane throug hput config urations: • STS-48 when an XC10G or XC-VXC-10G card is used . This config uration supports the OC-48 rate in any slot. • STS-48 for the Slots 5 , 6, 12, and 13 when an XCV ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 188

    3-28 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.10 3.10.5 Protection Modes 3.10.5 Protection Modes The DS3XM-12 card supports 1 :1 and 1:N protection gro ups, where N <= 5. Ho we ver , N <= 7 if one of the follo wing condition s is true: • Only portless connection s are used. • A combination of ported ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 189

    3-29 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.10 3.10.7 DS3XM-12 Slots and Connectors 3.10.7 DS3XM-12 Slots and Connectors The DS3XM-12 card can be used with BNC, SMB, SCSI (UBIC), or MiniBNC EIA connectors. The card can be installed in Slots 1 to 6 or 12 to 17. Each DS3XM-12 p ort features DSX-le ve l outputs ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 190

    3-30 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.10 3.10.9 DS3XM-12 Card-Level I ndicators Figur e 3-12 DS3XM-12 Face p lat e and Bloc k Diagr am 3.10.9 DS3XM-12 Card-Level Indicators T able 3-15 describes the three card-lev el LEDs on the DS3XM-12 card faceplate. 115956 Main & Protect SCL Bus’ s Processor ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 191

    3-31 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.10 3.10.10 DS3XM-12 Port-Level Indicators 3.10.10 DS3XM-12 Port-Level Indicators Y ou can find the status of the twelve DS3XM-12 card po rts by using the LCD screen on th e ONS 15454 fan-tray assembly . Use the LCD to qu i ckly view the status of any port or card s ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 192

    3-32 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 3 Electrical Cards 3.10 3.10.1 0 DS3XM-12 Port-Level Indicators ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 193

    CH A P T E R 4-1 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 4 Optical Cards Note The terms "Unidirection al Path Swit ched Ring" and "U PSR" may appear in Cisco liter ature. These terms do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15 xxx products in a unidirectio nal path switched ring conf iguration. Rather , these terms, as well as ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 194

    4-2 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.1 4.1 Optical Card Overview • 4.20 Optical Card S FPs and XFPs, page 4-49 4.1 Optical Card Overview Each card is marked with a symbol that corresponds to a slot (or slots) on the ONS 15454 shelf assembly . The cards are then installed into slots displaying t he same ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 195

    4-3 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.1 4.1.1 Card Summary OC12 LR/STM4 LH 1550 The OC12 LR/STM4 LH 1550 card provides o ne long-range OC-12 port and operates at 1550 nm. See the “4.6 OC12 LR/STM4 LH 1550 Card” section on page 4-13 . OC12 IR/STM4 SH 1310-4 The OC12 IR/STM4 SH 1310- 4 card provid es fou ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 196

    4-4 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.1 4.1.2 Card Compatibility Note The Cisco OC3 IR/STM1 SH, OC12 IR/STM4 SH, and OC48 IR/STM16 SH interf ace optics, all working at 1 310 nm, are optimized for the most widely used SMF-28 f iber, a vailable from man y suppliers. Corning MetroCor f iber is optimi zed for ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 197

    4-5 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.2 4.2 OC3 IR 4/STM1 SH 1310 Card 4.2 OC3 IR 4/STM1 SH 1310 Card Note For hardwa re specifications, see the “ A.6.1 OC3 IR 4/STM1 SH 1310 Card Specifications” section on page A-25 . See T able 4 -2 on page 4-4 for optical card compatibil ity . OC3 IR /STM1 SH 1310-8 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 198

    4-6 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.2 4.2 OC3 IR 4/STM1 SH 1310 Card The OC3 IR 4/STM1 SH 1310 card provid es four intermediate o r short range SONET/SDH OC-3 ports compliant with ITU-T G.707 , ITU-T G.957, and T e lcordia GR-253-CORE. Each port operates at 155.52 Mbps ov er a single-mode f iber span. Th ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 199

    4-7 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.3 4.2.1 OC3 IR 4/STM1 SH 1310 Card-Level Indicators The OC3 IR 4/STM1 SH 1310 card detects loss of signal (LOS), loss of frame (LOF), loss of pointer (LOP), line-layer alarm indication signal (AI S-L), and line-layer remote defect indi cation (RDI-L) conditions. Refer ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 200

    4-8 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.3 4.3 OC3 IR/STM1 SH 1310-8 Card War ni ng The laser is on when th e optical card is boote d. The port does not have to be in service for the laser to be on. Statement 293 Figure 4-2 sho ws the card faceplate and block diagram. Figur e 4-2 OC3IR/STM1 SH 131 0-8 Facepla ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 201

    4-9 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.4 4.3.1 OC3 IR/STM1 SH 1310-8 Card-Level Indica tors 4.3.1 OC3 IR/STM1 SH 1310-8 Card-Level Indicators T able 4-4 describes the three card-le vel LEDs on the eight-port OC3 IR/STM1 SH 1310-8 card . 4.3.2 OC3 IR/STM1 SH 1310-8 Port-Level Indicators Eight bicolor LEDs sh ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 202

    4-10 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.4 4.4.1 OC12 IR/STM4 SH 1310 Card-Level Indicators Figur e 4-3 OC12 IR/STM4 SH 131 0 F acepla te and Blo ck Dia gra m Y ou can install the OC12 IR/STM4 SH 1310 card in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17, and provision the card as a drop card or span card in a two-f iber BLSR, ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 203

    4-11 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.5 4.4.2 OC12 IR/STM 4 SH 1310 Port-Level Indicators 4.4.2 OC12 IR/STM4 SH 1310 Port-Level Indicators Y ou can find the status of the O C-12 IR/STM4 SH 1310 card port b y using the LCD screen on the ONS 15454 fan -tray assembly . Use the LCD to view th e status of an y ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 204

    4-12 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.5 4.5.1 OC12 LR/STM4 LH 1310 Card-Level Indicators Figur e 4-4 OC12 LR/STM4 LH 131 0 F aceplat e and Block Diagr am Y ou can install th e OC12 LR/STM 4 LH 1310 ca rd in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17, and provision the card as a drop card or span card in a two-f iber BLSR, ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 205

    4-13 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.6 4.5.2 OC12 LR/STM4 LH 1310 Port-Level Indicators 4.5.2 OC12 LR/STM4 LH 1310 Port-Level Indicators Y ou can find the status of the OC12 LR/STM 4 LH 1310 card port b y using the LCD screen o n the ONS 15454 fan-tray assemb ly . Use the LCD to quickly vie w the status ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 206

    4-14 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.6 4.6.1 OC12 LR/STM4 LH 1550 Card-Level Indicators Figur e 4-5 OC12 LR/STM4 LH 15 50 F aceplate and Bloc k Diagram Y ou can install the OC12 LR/STM4 LH 1550 card in Sl ots 1 to 4 and 14 to 17 . The OC12 LR/STM4 LH 15 50 can be provisi oned as part of a two-f iber BLSR ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 207

    4-15 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.7 4.6.2 OC12 LR/STM4 LH 1550 Port-Level Indicators 4.6.2 OC12 LR/STM4 LH 1550 Port-Level Indicators Y ou can find the status of the OC12 LR/STM 4 LH 1550 card port b y using the LCD screen o n the ONS 15454 fan -tray assembly . Use the LCD to view th e status of an y ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 208

    4-16 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.7 4.7 OC12 IR/STM4 SH 1310-4 Card Figur e 4-6 OC12 IR/STM4 SH 131 0-4 F aceplate and Bloc k Diagr am Y ou can install the OC12 IR/STM4 SH 1310-4 car d in Slots 1 to 4 and 14 to 17. Each interface features a 1310-nm laser and contains a transmit and receiv e connector ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 209

    4-17 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.8 4.7.1 OC12 IR/STM 4 SH 1310-4 Card -Level Indicators 4.7.1 OC12 IR/STM4 SH 1310-4 Card-Level Indicators T able 4-8 describes the three card-le v el LEDs on the OC12 IR/S TM4 SH 1310-4 card. 4.7.2 OC12 IR/STM4 SH 1310-4 Port-Level Indicators Y ou can find the status ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 210

    4-18 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.8 4.8.1 OC48 IR 1310 Card-Level Indicators Figur e 4-7 OC48 IR 131 0 Fa ceplat e and Bloc k Diagram Y ou can install the OC48 IR 1310 card in Slots 5, 6, 12, and 13, and pro vision the car d as a drop or span card in a two-f iber or four -f iber BLSR, path prot ection ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 211

    4-19 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.9 4.8.2 OC48 IR 1310 Port-Level Indicators 4.8.2 OC48 IR 1310 Port-Level Indicators Y ou can find the status of the O C48 IR 1310 card port by using the LCD screen on the ONS 1 5454 fan-tray assembly . Use the LCD to view the status of an y port or card slot; the sc r ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 212

    4-20 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.9 4.9.1 OC48 LR 1550 Card-Level Indicators Figure 4-8 OC48 LR 1550 F aceplate and Bloc k Diagram Y ou can install OC48 LR 1550 cards in Slots 5 , 6, 12, and 13 and pro vision the card as a drop or sp an card in a two-f iber or four -fiber BLSR, path protecti on, or AD ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 213

    4-21 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.10 4.9.2 OC48 LR 1550 Port-Level Indicators 4.9.2 OC48 LR 1550 Port-Level Indicators Y ou can find the status o f the OC48 LR 1550 card port b y using the LCD screen on the ONS 15454 fan-tray assembly . Use the LCD to view the status of an y port or card slot; the sc ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 214

    4-22 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.10 4.10.1 OC48 IR/STM1 6 SH AS 1310 Card-Level Indicators Figur e 4-9 OC48 IR/STM16 SH A S 131 0 F acep late an d Bloc k Diagr am Y ou can install the OC48 IR/STM16 SH AS 13 10 card in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17 and pro vision the card as a drop or span card i n a two- ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 215

    4-23 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.11 4.10.2 OC48 IR/STM16 SH AS 1310 Port-Level Indicators 4.10.2 OC48 IR/STM16 SH AS 1310 Port-Level Indicators Y ou can find the status o f the OC48 IR/STM16 SH AS 1310 card port b y using th e LCD screen on the ONS 15454 fan -tray assembly . Use the LCD to view th e ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 216

    4-24 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.11 4.11.1 OC48 LR/STM1 6 LH AS 1550 Card-Level Indicators Figure 4-1 0 OC48 LR/STM16 LH AS 1550 Faceplate and Bloc k Diagram Y ou can install OC48 LR/STM16 LH AS 1550 cards in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17 and pro vision the card as a drop or span card i n a two-f iber or ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 217

    4-25 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.12 4.11.2 OC48 LR/STM 16 LH AS 1550 Port-Level Indicators 4.11.2 OC48 LR/STM16 LH AS 1550 Port-Level Indicators Y ou can find the status of the OC4 8 LR/STM16 LH A S 1550 card port by using the LCD screen on the ONS 15454 fan -tray assembly . Use the LCD to view th e ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 218

    4-26 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.12 4.12 OC48 ELR/STM16 EH 100 GHz Cards Figure 4-1 1 OC48 ELR/STM16 EH 1 0 0 GHz Fac eplat e and Bloc k Diagr am Nineteen of the cards operate in t he blue band with spacing of 100 GHz on the ITU grid (1528.77 nm, 1530.33 nm, 1531.12 n m, 1531.90 nm, 1532.68 nm, 1 533 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 219

    4-27 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.13 4.12.1 OC48 ELR 100 GHz Card-Level Indicators ONS 15216 100-GHz f ilters, the link b udget is reduced b y the insertion loss of the filt ers plus an additional 2-dB po wer penalty . The wav elength stability of the OC48 ELR/STM16 EH 100 GHz cards is +/– 0.12 nm f ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 220

    4-28 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.13 4.13 OC48 ELR 20 0 GHz Cards Figur e 4-12 OC48 ELR 20 0 GHz F aceplat e and Block Diagr am Nine of the cards oper ate in the blue band with spacing of 200 GHz on the ITU gri d (1530.33 nm, 1531.90 nm, 1533.47 n m, 1535.04 nm, 1536.61 nm, 1 538.19 nm, 1539.77 nm, 15 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 221

    4-29 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.14 4.13.1 OC48 ELR 200 GHz Card-Level Indicators The OC48 ELR 200 GHz cards support extended long -reach application s in conjunction with opt ical amplif ication. Using electro-absorp tion technology , the OC48 DWDM cards pro vide a solut ion at the lower e xtended l ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 222

    4-30 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.14 4.14.1 OC192 SR/ST M64 IO 1310 Card-Level Indicators War ni ng The laser is on when th e optical card is boote d. The port does not have to be in service for the laser to be on. Statement 293 Figure 4-13 show s the OC192 SR/STM64 IO 1310 f aceplate and block diagra ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 223

    4-31 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.15 4.14.2 OC192 SR/STM64 IO 1310 Port-Level Indicators 4.14.2 OC192 SR/STM64 IO 1310 Port-Level Indicators Y ou can find the status of the OC192 SR/STM64 IO 1310 card ports b y using the LCD screen on the ONS 15454 fan -tray assembly . Use the LCD to view th e status ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 224

    4-32 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.15 4.15.1 OC192 IR/STM64 SH 1550 Card-Level Indicators Figure 4-14 OC192 IR/STM64 SH 155 0 F aceplat e and Block Diagr am Note Y ou must use a 3 to 15 dB fiber attenuator (5 dB recommended) when working with the OC192 IR/STM64 SH 1550 card in a loopback. Do not use f ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 225

    4-33 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.16 4.15.2 OC192 IR/STM64 SH 1550 Port-Level Indicators 4.15.2 OC192 IR/STM64 SH 1550 Port-Level Indicators Y ou can find the status of the O C192 IR/STM64 SH 1550 card por ts by using the LCD scr een on the ONS 15454 fan -tray assembly . Use the LCD to view th e statu ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 226

    4-34 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.16 4.16 OC192 LR/STM64 LH 1550 Card War ni ng The laser is on when th e optical card is boote d. The port does not have to be in service for the laser to be on. Statement 293 Figure 4-15 show s the OC192 LR/STM64 LH 1550 (15454-O C192LR1550) faceplate and a b lock dia ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 227

    4-35 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.16 4.16 OC192 LR/STM64 LH 1550 Card Figur e 4-16 Enlarg ed Se ction of the OC192 LR/S TM64 LH 1550 (15454-OC192LR1550) Faceplat e Figure 4-17 shows the OC192 LR/STM6 4 LH 1550 (154 54-OC192-LR2) faceplate and a block diagram of the card. D ANGER - INVISIBLE LASER RADI ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 228

    4-36 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.16 4.16 OC192 LR/STM64 LH 1550 Card Figure 4-17 OC192 LR/STM64 LH 1550 (15454- OC192-LR2) F a ceplate and Bloc k Diagram Figure 4-18 show s an enlar ged vie w of the faceplate w arning on 15454- OC192LR1550. Demux CDR Flash SRAM Optical transceiver ADC x 8 Mux BTC ASI ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 229

    4-37 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.16 4.16 OC192 LR/STM64 LH 1550 Card Figur e 4-18 Enlarg ed Section of the OC192 LR/S TM64 LH 1550 (15454-OC192-LR2)F aceplate Caution Y ou must use a 19 to 24 dB (14 to 28 dB for 15 454-OC192-LR2) (20 dB recommended) fiber attenu ator when connecting a fiber lo opback ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 230

    4-38 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.17 4.16.1 OC192 LR/STM64 LH 1550 Card-Level Indicators The card port features a 1550-nm laser and contains a transmit and re ceiv e c onnector (labeled) on the card faceplate.The card uses a dual SC connector fo r optical cable termination. The card supports 1+1 unidi ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 231

    4-39 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.17 4.17 OC192 LR/STM64 LH ITU 15xx.xx Card Sixteen distinct OC-192 /STM-64 ITU 100 GHz D W DM cards comprise the ONS 15454 DW DM channel plan. Each OC192 LR/STM64 LH IT U 15xx.xx card pro vides one long-reach STM-64 /OC-192 port per card, compliant with ITU-T G.707, I ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 232

    4-40 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.17 4.17.1 OC192 LR/STM64 LH ITU 15xx.xx Card-Level Indicators Figur e 4-20 OC192 LR/STM64 LH ITU 15xx.xx Bloc k Diagram Note Y ou must use a 20-dB fiber attenuato r (15 to 25 dB) when working with the OC192 LR/STM64 LH 15xx.xx card in a loopback. Do not use f iber loo ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 233

    4-41 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.18 4.17.2 OC192 LR/STM64 LH ITU 15xx.xx Port -Level Indicators 4.17.2 OC192 LR/STM64 LH ITU 15xx.xx Port-Level Indicators Y ou can find the status of the O C192 LR/STM64 LH ITU 15xx.xx card port s by using the LCD screen on the ON S 15454 fan-tray assembly . Use the L ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 234

    4-42 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.18 4.18.1 Slot Co mpatibility by Cross-Connect Card Figur e 4-21 15454_MRC-12 Card F aceplate and Block Diagr am 4.18.1 Slot Compatibility by Cross-Connect Card Y ou can install 15454_MRC-12 cards in Slot s 1 through 6 and 12 th rough 17 with an XCVT , XC10G, or XC-VX ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 235

    4-43 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.18 4.18.2 Ports and Line Rates The maximum bandwidth of t he 15454_MRC-12 card is determin ed by the cross-con nect card, as sho wn in T able 4-19 . 4.18.2 Ports and Line Rates Each port on the 154 54_MRC-12 card can be conf igured as O C-3/STM-1, OC-12/STM-4, or OC-4 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 236

    4-44 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.18 4.18.2 Ports and Line R ates – If Port 10 is used as an OC-3, Po rts 9, 11, and 12 can be used as an OC-3 or OC-12. – Any port can be used as an OC-12 or OC-3, as long as all of the abov e rules are follo wed. T able 4-20 sho ws the 15454_MRC-12 p ort av ailabi ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 237

    4-45 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.18 4.18.3 15454_MRC-12 Card-Level Indicators 4.18.3 15454_MRC-12 Card-Level Indicators T able 4-21 describes the three card-le v el LEDs on the 15454_MRC-12 card. STS-192 A vailable Bandwidth (when installing additional SFPs from the top port to the bottom port) 1 4 8 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 238

    4-46 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.19 4.18.4 15454_MRC-12 Port-Level Indicators 4.18.4 15454_MRC-12 Port-Level Indicators Each port has an Rx indicator . The LED flashes green if the port is r eceiving a signal, and it flashes red if the port is not receiving a signal. Y ou can also find the status of ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 239

    4-47 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.19 4.19 OC192SR1/STM64IO Shor t Reach and OC192/ST M64 Any Reach Cards LR-2 XFP module. The XFP SR, IR, and LR interf aces each pro vide one bidirectional OC192/STM64 interface compliant with the recommendations d efine d by ITU-T G.91. SR-1 is complian t with ITU-T I ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 240

    4-48 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.19 4.19 OC192SR1/STM64IO Short Reach and OC192/STM64 Any Reach Cards Figure 4-22 OC192SR1/STM64IO Short Reac h and OC192/STM64 An y Re ach Card F aceplates and Block Diagr am The cards’ spans depend on the XFP mo dule that is used: • A card using the SR-1 XFP is i ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 241

    4-49 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.20 4.19.1 OC192SR1/STM64IO Short Reach and OC192/STM64 Any Reach Card-Level Indicators 4.19.1 OC192SR1/STM64IO Short Reach and OC192/STM64 Any Reach Card-Level Indicators T able 4-22 describes the three card-le vel LEDs on the OC192SR1/STM64IO Short Reach and OC192/ST ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 242

    4-50 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.20 4.20.2 SFP Description 4.20.2 SFP Description SFPs are integrat ed fiber optic transcei v ers that provid e high-speed serial links from a port or slot to the network. V arious latching mechanisms can be utili zed on the modules. There is no correlation between the ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 243

    4-51 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.20 4.20.3 XFP Description Figur e 4-24 Act uator/But to n SFP Figur e 4-25 Bail Clasp SFP SFP dimensions are: • Height 0.03 in. (8.5 mm) • W idth 0.53 in . (13.4 mm) • Depth 2.22 in. ( 56.5 mm) SFP temperature ranges are: • COM—Commercial oper ating temperat ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 244

    4-52 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 4 Optical Cards 4.20 4.20.4 PPM Provisioning Figur e 4-26 Bail Cl asp XFP (Unlatched) Figur e 4-27 Bail Clasp XFP (Latched) XFP dimensions are: • Height 0.33 in. (8.5 mm) • W idth 0.72 in. (18.3 mm) • Depth 3.1 in. (78 mm) XFP temperature ranges are: • COM—Commercial oper ati ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 245

    CH A P T E R 5-1 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 5 Ethernet Cards Note The terms "Unidirection al Path Swit ched Ring" and "U PSR" may appear in Cisco liter ature. These terms do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15 xxx products in a unidirectio nal path switched ring conf iguration. Rather , these terms, as well a ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 246

    5-2 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.1 5.1.1 Ethernet Cards Note Each card is marked with a symbol that corresponds to a slot (or slots) on the ONS 15454 shelf assembly . The cards are then installed into slots di splaying the same sy m bols. Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Pr ocedur e Guide for a list of s ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 247

    5-3 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.2 5.1.2 Card Compatibility 5.1.2 Card Compatibility T able 5-2 lists the CTC softw are compatibility for each Ethernet card . Note "Y es" indicates that this card is fu lly or partially supported by the indicated so ftware release. Refer to the indi vidual c ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 248

    5-4 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.2 5.2 E100T-12 Card autoconfigure to operate at either half or fu ll duplex and determine whether to enable o r disable flo w control. Y ou can also configu re Ethernet ports manually . Figure 5-1 shows the faceplate and a block diagram of the card. Figur e 5-1 E1 0 0 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 249

    5-5 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.2 5.2.1 Slot Compatibility 5.2.1 Slot Compatibility Y o u can install the E100T -12 card in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 1 7. Multiple E-Series Eth ernet cards installed in an ONS 15454 c an act independ ently or as a single Ethernet switch. Y ou can cre ate logical SONET p ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 250

    5-6 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.3 5.3 E100T-G Card 5.3 E100T-G Card Note For hardware specifications, see the “ A.7.2 E100T -G Card Specifi cations” secti on on page A-44 . The ONS 15454 uses E100T -G cards for Et hernet (10 Mbps) and F ast Ethernet (100 Mbps). Each card provides 12 switched, IE ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 251

    5-7 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.3 5.3.1 Slot Compatibility Each E100T -G card supports standards-based, wi re-speed, Layer 2 Ethernet swi tching between i ts Ethernet interfaces. The IEEE 802.1Q tag logically isolates traf fic (t ypically subscribers). IEEE 802.1Q also supports multiple classes of s ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 252

    5-8 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.4 5.3.4 Cr oss-Connect Compatibility 5.3.4 Cross-Connect Compatibility The E100T -G card is compat ible with the XC VT , XC10G and XC-VXC- 10G cards. 5.4 E1000-2 Card Note For hardware specifications, see the “ A.7.3 E1000-2 Card Specif ications” section on page A ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 253

    5-9 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.4 5.4 E1000-2 Card Figure 5-3 E1 0 00 -2 F aceplate and Bloc k Diagram The E1000-2 Giga bit Ethernet card pro vides high-th roughput, lo w-latenc y packet switching of Et hernet traf fi c across a SONET network wh ile providin g a greater degree of reli ability throug ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 254

    5-10 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.4 5.4.1 Slot Compatibility 5.4.1 Slot Compatibility Y ou can install the E1000-2 card in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17. The E1000 -2 is compatible with the XCVT card but not the XC10G or and XC-VXC-10G cards. The E1000-2 -G is compatible with the XC10G and XC-VXC-10G. 5. ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 255

    5-11 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.5 5.5 E1000-2-G Card 5.5 E1000-2-G Card Note For hardware specifications, see the “ A.7.4 E1000-2-G Card Specif ications” section on page A-45 . The ONS 15454 uses E1000-2-G cards for Gig abit Ethe rnet (1000 Mbps). The E 1000-2-G card provides two IEEE-compliant ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 256

    5-12 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.5 5.5 E1000-2-G Card Figur e 5-4 E1 0 00 -2-G F ace plate and Bloc k Diagram The E1000-2-G Gigab it Ethernet card pro vides hi gh-through put, lo w-latency packet switching of Ethernet traf f ic across a SONET network while providi ng a greater de gree of reliability ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 257

    5-13 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.5 5.5.1 E1000- 2-G Card-Level Indicators Y ou can create lo gical SONE T ports by provisioning STS c hannels to th e packet switch enti ty within the ONS 15454. Logical por ts can be created with a bandwid th granularity of STS-1. The ONS 1545 4 supports STS-1, STS-3 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 258

    5-14 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.6 5.6 G1000-4 Card 5.6 G1000-4 Card The G1000-4 card requires the XC10G card. Th e ONS 15454 uses G10 00-4 cards for Giga bit Ethernet (1000 Mbps). The G1000-4 card provides four ports of IEEE-co mpliant, 1000-Mbps interf aces. Each port supports full -duplex op erat ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 259

    5-15 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.6 5.6.1 STS-24c Restriction switches (such as 1+1 automatic protectio n switching [APS], path pr otection, or bidirection al line switch ring [BLSR]). Full pro visioning supp ort is possib le through Cisco T ransport Co ntroller (CTC), T ransaction Languag e One (TL1 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 260

    5-16 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.7 5.6.4 Slot Compatibility 5.6.4 Slot Compatibility The G1000-4 card requires Cisco O NS 15454 Release 3.2 or later system software and th e XC10G cross-connect card. Y ou can install the car d in Slots 1 to 6 and 12 to 17, for a total shelf capacity of 48 Gigabit Et ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 261

    5-17 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.7 5.7.1 STS-24c Restriction Figur e 5-6 G1K-4 F aceplate and Bloc k Diagram The G1K-4 Gigabit Ethernet card pro vides high-throug hput, lo w-latency transport of Ethernet encapsulated traf fic (IP and other Layer 2 or La yer 3 prot ocols) across a SONET network whil ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 262

    5-18 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.7 5.7.2 G1K-4 Compatibility If STS-24c circuits are not bei ng dropped on the card, the full 48 STSs b andwidth can be used with no restrictions (for example, using either a single STS-48c or 4 STS-12c circuits). Note The STS-24c restrict ion only appli es when a sin ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 263

    5-19 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.8 5.8 ML100T-12 Card 5.8 ML100T-12 Card Note For hardware specifications, see the “ A.7.8 ML100T -12 Card Specificatio ns” section on page A-46 . The ML100T -12 card provides 12 ports of IEEE 802 .3-compliant, 10/100 inte rfaces. Each interface supports full-dup ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 264

    5-20 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.8 5.8.1 ML100T-12 Card-Level Indicators Figur e 5-7 ML1 0 0T -12 F aceplate and Bloc k Diagram The card features tw o virtual packet over SONET (POS) ports with a maximum combined bandwi dth of STS-48. The ports function in a manner similar to OC-N card ports, an d e ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 265

    5-21 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.9 5.8.2 ML100T-12 Port-Level Indicators 5.8.2 ML100T-12 Port-Level Indicators The ML100T -12 card provides a pair of LEDs for each Fast Ethernet port: an amber LED for acti vity (A CT) and a green LED for LINK. The port-le v el indicators are descri bed in T able 5-1 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 266

    5-22 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.9 5.9 ML100X-8 Card Figure 5-8 sho ws the card faceplate and block diagram. Figur e 5-8 ML1 0 0X-8 F aceplate and Bloc k Diagram The card features tw o virtual packet over SONET (POS) ports with a maximum combined bandwi dth of STS-48. The ports function in a manner ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 267

    5-23 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.10 5.9.1 ML100 X-8 Card-Level Indicators 5.9.1 ML100X-8 Card-Level Indicators The ML100X-8 card supports tw o card-le vel LED in dicators. T able 5-17 describes the card-level indicators. 5.9.2 ML100X-8 Port-Level Indicators The ML100X-8 card pro vides a pair of LEDs ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 268

    5-24 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.10 5.10 ML1000-2 Card SFP modules are of fered as separate orderable products for maximum customer fle xibility . For details, see the “5.13 Ethernet Card GBICs and SFPs” section on page 5-31 . Figure 5-9 sho ws the M L1000-2 card faceplate. Figur e 5-9 ML1 0 00- ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 269

    5-25 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.11 5.10.1 M L1000-2 Card-Level Indicators 5.10.1 ML1000-2 Card-Level Indicators The ML1000-2 card faceplate has t wo card -le vel LED indicators, descri bed in T able 5-19 . 5.10.2 ML1000-2 Port-Level Indicators The ML1000-2 card has three LEDs for each of the two Gi ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 270

    5-26 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.11 5.11 CE-100T-8 Card The CE-100T8 card also supports the link capacity adjustment scheme (LCAS), which all ows hit less dynamic adjustment of SONET link band width. The CE-100T -8 card’ s LCAS is hardware-based, b ut the CE-100T -8 also supports SW -LCAS. This ma ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 271

    5-27 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.11 5.11.1 CE-100T-8 Card-Level Indicators switching, and classification. The Et hernet frames are then passed to th e Ethermap where Ethernet traff ic is terminated and is encapsul ated using HDLC or GFP framing on a per port b asis. The encapsulated Ethernet frames ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 272

    5-28 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.12 5.11.3 Cross- Connect and Slot Compatibility 5.11.3 Cross-Connect and Slot Compatibility The CE-100T -8 card is compatible in Slot s 1 to 6 or 12 to 17 with the XC10G, XC-VXC-10G, or XCVT cards. 5.12 CE-1000-4 Card Note For hardware specifications, see the “ A.7 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 273

    5-29 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.12 5.12 CE-1000-4 Card The CE-1000-4 card pro vides multiple management options th rough Cisco T ransport Controller (CTC), Cisco T ransport Manager (CTM), T ransaction Langu age 1 (TL1), and Simple Netw ork Management Protocol (SNMP). The CE-1000-4 card supports the ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 274

    5-30 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.12 5.12.1 CE- 1000-4 Card-Level Indicators Figur e 5-1 1 CE-1 0 00-4 F aceplate and Block Diagram 5.12.1 CE-1000-4 Card-Level Indicators The CE-1000-4 card f aceplate has two card-l e vel LED indicator s, described in T able 5-23 . Note If the CE-1000-4 card is in se ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 275

    5-31 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.13 5.12.2 CE-1000-4 Port-Level Indicators 5.12.2 CE-1000-4 Port-Level Indicators The CE-1000-4 card provides a pair of LEDs for ea ch Gigabit Ethernet port: an amber LED for acti vity (A CT) and a green LED for link stat us (LINK). T able 5-24 describes the status th ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 276

    5-32 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.13 5.13.2 GBIC Description 5.13.2 GBIC Description GBICs are inte grated fib er optic transcei vers that pro vide high-speed serial links from a port or slot to the network. V arious latching mechani sms can be u tilized on th e GBIC pluggable modules. There is no co ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 277

    5-33 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.13 5.13.3 G-1K-4 DWDM and CWDM GBICs • Depth 2.56 in. (6.5 cm) GBIC temperature ranges are: • COM—commercial operating temp erature range -5•C to 70•C • EXT—extended operating temperature range 0•C to 85•C • IND—industrial operating t emperature ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 278

    5-34 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.13 5.13.3 G-1K-4 D WDM and CWDM GBICs The ONS 15454-supported D WDM GBICs reach up to 100 to 120 km ov er single-mode f iber and support 32 different wav elengths in the red and bl ue bands. Paired with optical amplif iers, such as the Cisco ONS 15216, the D WDM GBIC ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 279

    5-35 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.13 5.13.4 SFP Description Figur e 5-14 G-Ser ies with CWDM/D WDM GBICs in Cabl e Networ k 5.13.4 SFP Description SFPs are integrated f iber -optic transcei v ers that provide high-speed serial li nks fro m a port or slot to the network. V arious latching mechanisms c ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 280

    5-36 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 5 Ethernet Cards 5.13 5.13.4 SFP Description Figur e 5-16 Act uator/But to n SFP Figur e 5-1 7 Bail Clasp SFP 63066 63067 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 281

    CH A P T E R 6-1 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 6 Storage Access Networking Cards Note The terms "Unidirection al Path Swit ched Ring" and "U PSR" may appear in Cisco liter ature. These terms do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15 xxx products in a unidirectio nal path switched ring conf iguration. Rather , these ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 282

    6-2 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 6 Storage Acce ss Networking Cards 6.1 6.1 FC_MR-4 Card Overview – Dual rate (1G/2G): MM (550 m) and SM (10 km) – Single rate ( 1G): SX (550 m) and LX (10 km) • SONET/SDH support – Four 1.06 25-Gbps FC channels can be mapped i nto one of the follo wing: SONET containers as smal ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 283

    6-3 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 6 Storage Access Networ king Cards 6.1 6.1.1 FC_MR-4 Card-Level Indicators Figur e 6-1 FC_MR-4 F aceplate and Bloc k Diagram 6.1.1 FC_MR-4 Card-Level Indicators T able 6-1 describes the two card-le vel LEDs on the FC_MR-4 card. FLASH SDRAM MPC8250 IBPIA TADM QDR MEMORY SERDES IBPIA 1105 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 284

    6-4 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 6 Storage Acce ss Networking Cards 6.2 6.1.2 FC_MR-4 Port-Level Indicator s 6.1.2 FC_MR-4 Port-Level Indicators Each FC_MR-4 port has a correspond ing A CT/LNK LE D. The A CT/LNK LED is solid gree n if the port is av ailable to carry traf fic, is pro visioned as in -service, and is in t ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 285

    6-5 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 6 Storage Access Networ king Cards 6.2 6.2.2 Enhanced Card Mode – STS-1-Xv where X is 37 to 48 – STS-3c-Xv where X is 12 to 16 – VC4-Xv where X is 12 to 16 6.2.2 Enhanced Card Mode The features av ailable in enhanced ca rd mode are giv en in this section. 6.2.2.1 Mapping 1 Gbps Fi ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 286

    6-6 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 6 Storage Acce ss Networking Cards 6.2 6.2.3 Link Integrity • Negotiati on mechanism to identify wheth er a far -end FC-o ver -SONET card support s the Cisco proprietary B2B mechanism • Auto detection of FC switch B2B credit s from FC-SW standards-based ex change link parameters (EL ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 287

    6-7 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 6 Storage Access Networ king Cards 6.3 6.2.4 Link Recovery • Data port disabled if SO NET/SDH transport is errored 6.2.4 Link Recovery Link recov ery has the follow ing features: • Reduces the impact of SONET/SD H disruptions on attach ed Fibre Channel equipment • Speeds up the re ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 288

    6-8 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 6 Storage Acce ss Networking Cards 6.4 6.4 FC_MR-4 Card GBICs The FC_MR-4 payloads can be tran sported o ver the follo wing circuit types: • STS • STSn • STS-V Note V irtual T rib utary (VT) an d VT -V circuits are not supported. The FC_MR-4 card supports VCA T . See the “11.17 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 289

    CH A P T E R 7-1 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 7 Card Protection This chapter e xplains the Cisco ONS 1 5454 card protection conf iguration s. T o provision card protectio n, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Pr ocedur e Guide . Chapter topics include: • 7.1 Electrical Card Prot ection, page 7-1 • 7.2 Electrical Card Protection ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 290

    7-2 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 7 Card Protecti on 7.1 7.1.1 1:1 Protection 7.1.1 1:1 Protection In 1:1 protection, a working card is paired wi th a protect card of the same type. If the working card fails, the traf fic from the w orking card switches to the prot ect card. Y ou can pro vision 1:1 to be re vertiv e or ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 291

    7-3 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 7 Card Protection 7.1 7.1.2 1:N Protection Figur e 7 -2 Example: ONS 15454 Cards in a 1:N Pr ot ection Configur ation (SMB EIA) T able 7-1 prov ides the supported 1:N conf ig urations b y electrical card, as we ll as the card types that can be used for wo rking and protection cards. A d ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 292

    7-4 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 7 Card Protecti on 7.1 7.1.2 1:N Protection 7.1.2.1 Revertive Switching 1:N protection supports re verti ve switching. Re verti v e switching sends the electr ical interfaces (traff i c) back to the original working card after th e card co mes back onli ne. Detectin g an active w orking ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 293

    7-5 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 7 Card Protection 7.2 7.2 Electrical Ca rd Protection and the Backplane 7.2 Electrical Card Protection and the Backplane Protection schemes for electrical cards depend on th e EIA type used on the ONS 15454 backpl ane. The difference is due to the v arying connector size. F or example, ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 294

    7-6 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 7 Card Protecti on 7.2 7.2 Ele ctrical Card Protection an d the Backplane 1:1 LD, W orking A 2, 4 2, 4 2, 4, 6 2, 4, 6 2, 4, 6 2, 4, 6 B 14, 16 14, 16 12, 14, 16 12, 14, 16 12, 14, 16 12, 14, 16 LD, Protect A 1, 3 1, 3 1, 3, 5 1, 3, 5 1, 3, 5 1, 3, 5 B 15, 17 15, 17 13, 15, 17 13, 15, 1 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 295

    7-7 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 7 Card Protection 7.2 7.2 Electrical Ca rd Protection and the Backplane Figure 7-3 sho ws unprotected low-density electri cal card schemes by EIA type. Figur e 7 -3 Unpro tect ed Low -Density Electr ical Card Sc hemes f or EIA T ypes TCC Cross-connect AIC Cross-connect TCC Working Worki ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 296

    7-8 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 7 Card Protecti on 7.2 7.2 Ele ctrical Card Protection an d the Backplane Figure 7-4 sho ws unprotected high-density el ectrical card schemes b y EIA type. Figur e 7 -4 Unpr otect ed High- Density Electr ical Card Sche mes for EIA T ypes TCC Cross-connect AIC Cross-connect TCC UBIC/Mini ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 297

    7-9 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 7 Card Protection 7.2 7.2 Electrical Ca rd Protection and the Backplane Figure 7-5 sho ws 1:1 low-density card p rotection b y EIA type. Figure 7 -5 1:1 Protection Schemes f or Low -Density Electrical Car ds with EIA T ypes TCC Cross-connect AIC Cross-connect TCC Working Working Working ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 298

    7-10 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 7 Card Protecti on 7.2 7.2 Ele ctrical Card Protection an d the Backplane Figure 7-6 sho ws 1:N protection for lo w-density electrical cards. Figur e 7 -6 1:N Pr ot ection Schemes for Lo w-Density El ectr ical Car ds with EIA T ypes Note EC-1 cards do not support 1:N pr otection. TCC C ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 299

    7-11 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 7 Card Protection 7.2 7.2.1 Standard BNC Protection Figure 7-7 sho ws 1:1 high-density card p rotection by EIA type. Figur e 7 -7 1:1 Pr ot ection Schem es for High -Density Electr ical Cards with UBIC o r MiniBNC EIA Ty p e s 7.2.1 Standard BNC Protection When used with the standard B ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 300

    7-12 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 7 Card Protecti on 7.2 7.2.3 MiniBNC Prot ection 7.2.3 MiniBNC Protection When used with the MiniBNC EIA, the ONS 15454 su pports unprotected, 1:1, or 1:N (N < 5) electrical card protection for D S-1, DS-3 and EC-1 signals, as outlined in T able 7-1 on page 7-3 and T able 7-1 on pag ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 301

    7-13 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 7 Card Protection 7.3 7.3 OC-N Card Protection 7.3 OC-N Card Protection The ONS 15454 pro vides two optical card p rotection methods, 1+1 protection and optimized 1+1 protection. This section covers the general concept of optical card prot ection. Specif ic optical card protection sche ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 302

    7-14 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 7 Card Protecti on 7.4 7.4 Unprotected Cards installed side by sid e in the node. A working card mu st be paired with a protect card of the same typ e and number of ports. F or e xample, a four -port OC-3 must be paired with another four -port OC- 3, and an eight-port OC-3 must be p ai ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 303

    7-15 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 7 Card Protection 7.5 7.5 External Switching Command s A Force switch has a higher priority than a Manu al switch. Lockouts, which pr ev ent traf f ic from switching to the pro tect port under an y circumstance, can only be appli ed to protect cards (in 1+1 confi gurations). Lockou ts ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 304

    7-16 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 7 Card Protecti on 7.5 7.5 Ex ternal Switching Commands ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 305

    CH A P T E R 8-1 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 8 Cisco Transport Controller Operation This chapter describes Cisco T ransport Contro ller (CTC), the softw are interface for the Cisco ONS 15454. F or CTC set up and login in formation, refer to the Cisco ONS 1 5454 Pr ocedure Guide . Chapter topics include: • 8.1 CTC Software D ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 306

    8-2 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 8 Cisc o Transport Controller Ope ration 8.1 8.1.1 CTC Softwar e Installed on the TCC2/TCC2P Card Figur e 8-1 CTC Sof t wa re V ersions, Node Vi ew Select the Maintenance > Software ta bs in network vie w to display th e software v ersions installed o n all the network nodes ( Figure ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 307

    8-3 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 8 Cisco Transport Con troller Oper ation 8.2 8.1.2 CTC Software In stalled on the PC or UNIX Workstation 8.1.2 CTC Software Installed on the PC or UNIX Workstation CTC software is downl oaded from the TCC2/TCC2P car ds and installed on you r computer automat ically after you connect to ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 308

    8-4 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 8 Cisc o Transport Controller Ope ration 8.3 8.3 PC a nd UNIX Work station Requirements 8.3 PC and UNIX Workstation Requirements T o use CTC for the ONS 15454, your computer must ha ve a web bro wser with the correct Jav a Runtime En vironment (JRE) installed. The correct JRE for each C ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 309

    8-5 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 8 Cisco Transport Con troller Oper ation 8.3 8.3 PC a nd UNIX Workstation Requirements T able 8-2 Computer Requirements for CTC Area Requirements Notes Processor (PC only) Pentium 4 processor or equi valent A f aster CPU is recommended if y our workstation runs multip le applications or ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 310

    8-6 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 8 Cisc o Transport Controller Ope ration 8.4 8.4 ONS 15454 Connection 8.4 ONS 15454 Connection Y ou can connect to the ONS 15454 in multiple wa ys. Y ou can connect your PC directl y the ONS 15454 (local craft connection) using the RJ-45 port on the TCC2/TCC2P card or the LAN pins on th ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 311

    8-7 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 8 Cisco Transport Con troller Oper ation 8.5 8.5 CTC Window 8.5 CTC Window The CTC windo w appears after you log into an ONS 15 454 ( Figure 8-3 ). The windo w in cludes a menu bar , a toolbar , and a top and bottom pane. The top pa ne provides status information abo ut the selected obj ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 312

    8-8 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 8 Cisc o Transport Controller Ope ration 8.5 8.5.1 Node View Figur e 8-3 Node V iew (Def ault Login V iew) 8.5.1 Node View Node vie w , shown i n Figure 8-3 , is t he first vie w that appears after you log into an ONS 15454. The log in node is the first node shown, and it is the “home ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 313

    8-9 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 8 Cisco Transport Con troller Oper ation 8.5 8.5.1 Node View The port color in both card and node vie w indicates the port service state. T able 8-6 lists the port colors and their service states. For more info rmation about port service states, see Appendix B, “ Administrati v e and ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 314

    8-10 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 8 Cisc o Transport Controller Ope ration 8.5 8.5.1 Node View Figur e 8-4 T er minal Loopback Indicat or Figur e 8-5 Facility Loopbac k Indicat or 8.5.1.2 Node View Card Shortcuts If you mo ve you r mouse ov er cards in th e graphic, pop ups display additional info rmation about the car ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 315

    8-11 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 8 Cisco Transport Con troller Oper ation 8.5 8.5.2 Network View 8.5.2 Network View Network vi ew allo ws you to vie w and manage ONS 15454s that hav e DCC connections t o the node that you logged into and an y login node groups you h av e selected ( Figure 8-6 ). History Provides a his ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 316

    8-12 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 8 Cisc o Transport Controller Ope ration 8.5 8.5.2 Network View Figur e 8-6 Networ k in CTC Networ k V iew Note Nodes with DCC connections to the login node do not appear if you check ed the Disable Network Discov ery check box in the Login dialog box. The graphic area displays a backg ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 317

    8-13 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 8 Cisco Transport Con troller Oper ation 8.5 8.5.2 Network View 8.5.2.2 CTC Node Colors The color of a node i n network vie w , sho wn in Ta b l e 8 - 9 , indica tes the node al arm status. 8.5.2.3 DCC Links The lines sho w DCC connections between the nodes ( T able 8-10 ). DC C connec ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 318

    8-14 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 8 Cisc o Transport Controller Ope ration 8.5 8.5.3 Card View Note Link consolidation is onl y av ailable on non-deta iled maps. Non-detailed maps display nodes in icon form instead of detailed form, mean ing the nodes appear as rectan gles with ports on the sides. Refer to the Cisco ON ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 319

    8-15 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 8 Cisco Transport Con troller Oper ation 8.5 8.5.3 Card View Figur e 8-7 CTC Card V iew Sho wing a DS1 Card Note CTC provides a card view for all ONS 15454 car ds e xcept the TCC2, TCC2P , XCVT , XC10G, and XC-VXC-10G cards. Provi sioning for these common control cards occurs at the n ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 320

    8-16 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 8 Cisc o Transport Controller Ope ration 8.5 8.5.4 Pr int or Export CTC Data Note For TXP , MXP , and D WDM card information, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 D W DM Refer ence Manua l. 8.5.4 Print or Export CTC Data Y ou can use the File > Print or File > Expor t options to print or ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 321

    8-17 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 8 Cisco Transport Con troller Oper ation 8.6 8.6 TCC2/TCC2P Card Reset Whether you choose to print or e xport data, you can choose f rom the follo wing options: • Entire frame—Prints or e xports the entire CTC windo w including the g raphical vie w of the card, node, or netwo rk. T ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 322

    8-18 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 8 Cisc o Transport Controller Ope ration 8.8 8.8 Software Revert Note T o av oid a node IP and secure IP endi ng up in the same domain after restorin g a database, ensure that the node IP stored in the database differs in domain fr om that of the node in repeater mode. Also, after rest ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 323

    CH A P T E R 9-1 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 9 Security This chapter pro vides informatio n about Cisco ONS 15454 users and security . T o provision secu rity , refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Pr ocedur e Guide . Chapter topics include: • 9.1 User IDs and Security Le v els, page 9-1 • 9.2 User Privile ges and Policies, page ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 324

    9-2 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 9 Security 9.2 9.2.1 User Privileges by CTC Action 9.2.1 User Privileges by CTC Action T able 9-1 shows the actions that each user pri vilege le vel can perform in node vie w . T able 9-1 O NS 15454 Secur ity Levels—Nod e View CTC T ab Subtab [Subtab]:Actions Retrieve Maintenance Prov ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 325

    9-3 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 9 Security 9.2 9.2.1 User Privileges by CTC Action Security Users: Cr eate/Delete/Clear Security Intrusion Alarm — ——X Users: Edit Same user Same user Same user All users Acti ve Logins: V iew/Logou t/ Retrie ve Last Acti vity T ime — ——X Policy : Edit/V iew — — — X Ac ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 326

    9-4 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 9 Security 9.2 9.2.1 User Privileges by CTC Action In v entory — Delete — — X X R e s e t — XXX Maintenance Database Backup — X X X R e s t o r e — ——X EtherBridge Spanning T rees X X X X MA C T able: Retrie v e X X X X MA C T able: Cl ear/Clear A ll — X X X T runk Uti ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 327

    9-5 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 9 Security 9.2 9.2.1 User Privileges by CTC Action T able 9-2 sho ws the actions that each u ser privil ege le ve l can perform in network v iew . 1. The X symbol indicates that th e us er can perform the actions. 2. The — symbol indicates that th e privil ege to perform an action is ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 328

    9-6 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 9 Security 9.2 9.2.2 Security Policies 9.2.2 Security Policies Users with Superuser security privileges can prov ision securit y policies on the ONS 15454. These security polici es include idle user timeou ts, pa ssword changes, passwor d aging, and user locko ut parameters. In addition ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 329

    9-7 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 9 Security 9.3 9.3 Audit Trail Note The superuser cannot modify the pri vile ge le vel of an activ e user . The CTC displays a warning message when the superuser attempts to mod ify the pri vileg e le vel of an acti ve user . 9.3 Audit Trail The Cisco ONS 15454 maintains a T elcordia GR ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 330

    9-8 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 9 Security 9.4 9.3.2 Audit Trail Capacities • Status—Status of the user action (Read, I nitial, Successful, T imeout, Failed) • T ime—T ime of ch ange • Message T ype—Whether the ev ent is Success/F ailure type • Message Details—Description of the change 9.3.2 Audit Trai ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 331

    9-9 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 9 Security 9.4 9.4.2 Shared Secrets 9.4.2 Shared Secrets A shared secret is a text string that serves as a password between: • A RADIUS client and RAD IUS server • A RADIUS client and a RADIUS proxy • A RADIUS proxy and a RADIUS server For a conf iguration that uses a RADIUS clien ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 332

    9-10 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 9 Security 9.4 9.4.2 Shared Secrets ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 333

    CH A P T E R 10-1 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 10 Timing This chapter pro vides informatio n about Cisco ONS 15454 SONET timing . T o provision timing, r efer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Pr ocedur e Guide . Chapter topics include: • 10.1 T iming Parameters, page 10-1 • 10.2 Network T iming, page 10-2 • 10.3 Synchronization St ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 334

    10-2 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 10 Timin g 10.2 10.2 Network Timi ng Caution Mixed ti ming allo ws you to select both e xternal and line ti ming sources. Ho we ver , Cisco does not recommend its use because it can create timing loo ps. Use this mode with caution. Note Only one port can be used for timing related pr o ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 335

    10-3 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 10 Timing 10.3 10.3 Synchronization Status Messaging Figur e 1 0-1 ONS 15454 Timing Example 10.3 Synchronization Status Messaging Synchronization st atus messaging (SSM) i s a SONET protocol that communicates informat ion about the quality of the timing sou rce. SSM messages are carrie ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 336

    10-4 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 10 Timin g 10.3 10.3 Synchronization Status Messaging ST2 3 Stratum 2 ST3 4 Stratum 3 SMC 5 SONET mini mum clock ST4 6 Stratum 4 DUS 7 Do not use for timing synchronizati on RES — Reserved; quality le vel set b y user T able 1 0-2 SSM Generation 2 Message Set Message Quality Descript ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 337

    CH A P T E R 11-1 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 11 Circuits and Tunnels Note The terms "Unidirection al Path Swit ched Ring" and "U PSR" may appear in Cisco liter ature. These terms do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15 xxx products in a unidirectio nal path switched ring conf iguration. Rather , these terms, a ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 338

    11-2 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tunnels 11.1 11.1 Overview • 11.20 Recon figured Circuits, page 11-43 • 11.21 VLAN Management, page 11 -44 • 11.22 Server T rails, page 11-44 11.1 Overview Y ou can create circuits across and within ONS 15454 nodes and assign dif ferent attributes to circuits. For ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 339

    11-3 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tun nels 11.2 11.2 Circuit Propertie s the Cisco ONS 15 454 D WDM Inst allation and Op eration s Guide) . VCA T circuits are VT1.5- n v, STS-1- n v , STS-3c- n v , and STS-12c- n v , where n is the number of members. F or time slot a v ailability on concatenated STSs, s ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 340

    11-4 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tunnels 11.2 11.2.1 Concatenat ed STS Time Slot Assignments Figur e 1 1 -1 ONS 15454 Circuit Window in Netw or k View 11.2.1 Concatenated STS Time Slot Assignments T able 11-1 sho ws the av ailable time slot assignments for concatenated STSs when using CTC to provisi on ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 341

    11-5 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tun nels 11.2 11.2.1 Concatenate d STS Time Slot Assignments 40 Y e s Y e s Y e s N oN oN oN oN oN o 43 Y es Y e s No No No No No No No 46 Y es No Y es No No No No No No 49 Ye s Ye s Ye s Ye s Ye s Ye s Ye s Ye s N o 52 Ye s Ye s Ye s N o Ye s Ye s Ye s N o N o 55 Ye s ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 342

    11-6 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tunnels 11.2 11.2.2 Circuit Status 11.2.2 Circuit Status The circuit statuses that appear in the Circuit windo w Status column are generated b y CTC based on conditions alon g the circuit path. T able 11-2 shows the statuses that can appear in the Status column. 145 Ye ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 343

    11-7 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tun nels 11.2 11.2.3 Circuit States 11.2.3 Circuit States The circuit service state is an aggregate of the cross-conn ect states within the circuit. • If all cross-connects in a circuit are in the In-Service and Normal (IS-NR) service state, the circuit service state ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 344

    11-8 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tunnels 11.2 11.2.3 Circuit States • If all cross-connects in a circuit are in an Out-of-Service (OOS) service state, such as Out-of-Service and Management, Maintenance (OOS-MA,MT) ; Out-of-Service and Management, Disabl ed (OOS-MA,DSBLD); or Ou t-of-Service and Auton ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 345

    11-9 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tun nels 11.2 11.2.4 Circuit Protection Types T o find the remain ing port soak time, choose the Ma in tenance > AINS Soak tabs in card view and click the Retrie ve b utton. If the port is in th e OOS-A U,AINS state and has a good signal, the T ime Until IS column sh ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 346

    11-10 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tunnels 11.2 11.2.5 Circuit Info rmation in the Edit Circuit Window 11.2.5 Circuit Information in the Edit Circuit Window Y o u can edit a selected circuit using the Edit bu tton on the Circuits window . The tabs that appear depend on the circuit chosen: • General— ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 347

    11-11 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tun nels 11.2 11.2.5 Circuit Info rmation in the Edit Circuit Window By default, th e working pat h is indicated b y a green, bidirectional arro w , and the protect path is indicated by a purple, bidirectio nal arro w . Source and destinatio n ports ar e shown as circl ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 348

    11-12 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tunnels 11.3 11.3 Cross-Connect Card Bandwidth Figur e 1 1 -2 BLSR Circui t Displa yed on the Detailed Cir cuit Map 11.3 Cross-Connect Card Bandwidth The ONS 15454 XCVT , XC10G, and XC-VXC-10G cross-connect car ds perform port-to-port, time-di vision multipl exing (T D ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 349

    11-13 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tun nels 11.3 11.3 Cross-Connect Card Ban dwidth For e xample, if you create a VT1.5 circuit from an STS-1 on a drop card, tw o VT matrix STS ports are used, as shown in Figure 11-3 . If you create a second VT1.5 circuit from t he same STS port on the drop card, no add ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 350

    11-14 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tunnels 11.3 11.3 Cross-Connect Card Bandwidth Figur e 1 1 -4 T wo VT1 .5 Cir cuits in a BLSR Note Circuits with DS1-14 and DS1N-14 circuit sources or destinatio ns use one STS port on the VT matrix. Because you can only create 14 VT1.5 ci rcuits from the DS-1 cards, 1 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 351

    11-15 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tun nels 11.4 11.4 Portless Transmux Cross-connect card resour ces ca n be viewed on the Maintenance > Cross-Connect > Re source Usage tab . This tab sho ws: • STS-1 Matrix—The percent of STS matrix resources that are used. 288 STSs are av ailable on XCVT car ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 352

    11-16 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tunnels 11.5 11.5 DCC T unnels T able 11-7 lists the portless tran smux for XCVT trunk ports and for XC10G or XC- VXC-10G any-slo t ports. 11.5 DCC Tunnels SONET provides four DCCs for n etwork element (NE) operat ion, administration, maintenance, and provisi oning (O ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 353

    11-17 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tun nels 11.5 11.5.1 Trad itional DCC Tunnels 11.5.1 Traditional DCC Tunnels In traditional DCC tunnels, yo u can use the three LDCCs and the SDCC (when no t used for ONS 15454 DCC terminations). A tradit ional DCC tunnel endpoint is def ined b y slot, port, and DCC, w ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 354

    11-18 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tunnels 11.6 11.5.2 IP-Encapsulated Tunnels • A SDCC that i s terminat ed cannot be use d as a DCC tunnel endpoint. • A SDCC that is used as an DCC tu nnel endpoint cannot be terminated. • All DCC tunnel connections are bidirectional. 11.5.2 IP-Encapsulated Tunne ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 355

    11-19 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tun nels 11.8 11.8 Monitor Circuits 11.8 Monitor Circuits Monitor circuits are secondar y ci rcuits that monitor traf fic on primary bi directional circuits. Figur e 11-6 sho ws an example of a m onitor circuit. At Node 1, a VT1.5 is dropped from Port 1 of an EC1-12 ca ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 356

    11-20 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tunnels 11.9 11.9.1 Open-Ended Path Protection Circuits Figur e 1 1 -7 Editing P ath Pr otec tion Selectors 11.9.1 Open-Ended Path Protection Circuits If ONS 15454s are connected to a third -party netw ork, you can create an op en-ended path protection circuit to route ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 357

    11-21 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tun nels 11.10 11.10 BLSR Protection Chan nel Access Circuits Figur e 1 1 -8 P ath Pr otection Go-and-Retur n Routing 11.10 BLSR Protection Channel Access Circuits Y ou can provision circuits to carry traf fic on BLSR protection channels when co nditions are fault-free ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 358

    11-22 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tunnels 11.11 11.11 BLSR STS and VT Squelch Tables 11.11 BLSR STS and VT Squelch Tables ONS 15454 nodes display STS and VT squelch tables depending on the type of circuits created. For example, if a fib er cut occurs, the BLSR squelch tabl es sho w STSs or VTs that wil ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 359

    11-23 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tun nels 11.12 11.12 Section and Path Trace When using a VT circuit on a VT tunnel (VTT), the V TT allows multiple VT circui ts to be passed through on a sing le STS without consumi ng VT matrix resource s on the cross-conn ect card. Both endpoints of the VTT are the s ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 360

    11-24 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tunnels 11.13 11.13 Path Signal Label, C2 Byte If the string recei ved at a ci rcuit drop port does not mat ch the string the port e x pects to receiv e, an alarm is raised. T wo path trace modes are available: • Automatic—The receiving port assu mes that the f irs ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 361

    11-25 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tun nels 11.13 11.13 Path Signal Label, C2 Byte (LLC)/Subnetwork Access Protocol (SN AP) header f ields on an Ethernet netw ork; it allo ws a singl e interface to transp ort multiple payload types simultaneou sly . C2 byte he x values are pro vided in T able 11-10 . If ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 362

    11-26 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tunnels 11.14 11.14 Au tomatic Circuit Routing 11.14 Automatic Circuit Routing If you select automatic r outing during circui t creation, CTC routes the circuit b y di viding th e entire circuit route into segments based on p rotection domai ns. For unprotect ed segmen ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 363

    11-27 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tun nels 11.14 11.14.1 Bandwidth Allocation and Routing • Circuit routing does no t use links that are do wn. If you w ant all links t o be considered for routing, do not create circuits when a link is down. • Circuit routing computes the short est path when you ad ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 364

    11-28 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tunnels 11.15 11.15 Manual Circuit Routing Se veral rules apply to secondary sources and destinations: • CTC does not allo w a secondary de stination for uni directional circuit s because you can alway s specify additional d estinations after you create th e circuit. ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 365

    11-29 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tun nels 11.15 11.15 Manual Circuit Routing Figur e 1 1 -1 0 Alter nate P aths for V i rt ual P ath Prot ection Segments • For multi card EtherSwitch circuits, the Ful ly Path Protected option is ignor ed. • For a node th at has a path protecti on selector based on ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 366

    11-30 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tunnels 11.15 11.15 Manual Circuit Routing Figur e 1 1 -12 Ethernet Shar ed P ac k et Ring Routing • Multicard EtherSwitch ci rcuits can ha ve v irtual path prot ection se gments if the source o r destination is not in the pat h protection domai n. This restriction a ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 367

    11-31 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tun nels 11.15 11.15 Manual Circuit Routing Double UPSR 2 — — 2 Double UPSR — 2 2 — Tw o w a y 1 1 — — Ethernet 0 or 1 0 or 1 Ethernet node source — Ethernet 0 or 1 0 or 1 — Ethernet node drop T able 1 1 -13 Unidir ectional S TS/VT Cir cuit Connection T ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 368

    11-32 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tunnels 11.16 11.16 Constraint-Bas ed Circuit Routing Although virtual path protectio n segments are possib le in VT tunnels, VT tunnels are still considered unprotected. If you need to pr otect VT circuits, use two independent VT tunnels that are di versely routed or ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 369

    11-33 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tun nels 11.17 11.17 Virtual Concatenated Circuits 11.17 Virtual Concatenated Circuits V irtual concatenated (VCA T) circ uits , also call ed VCA T groups (VCGs), transport traf fic using noncontiguous TDM tim e slots, av oiding th e bandwidth fragmentation problem tha ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 370

    11-34 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tunnels 11.17 11.17.2 VCAT Member Routing Figur e 1 1 -14 V CA T Common Fiber Routing CE-Series cards also support split f iber routing, which allows t he indiv idual members to be routed on different f ibers or each member to ha ve dif ferent routing constraints. This ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 371

    11-35 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tun nels 11.17 11.17.3 Link Capac ity Adjustment 11.17.3 Link Capacity Adjustment The CE-100T -8 card supports the link capacity adjustment scheme (LCAS), which is a signaling protocol that allows dynamic bandwi dth adjustm ent of VCA T circuits. When a member fails, a ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 372

    11-36 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tunnels 11.17 11.17.4 VCAT Circuit Size Use the Memb ers tab in the Ed it Circuit w indow to add or delete m embers from a VCA T circuit. The capability to add or delete members depen ds on the card and whether the VCA T circuit is LCAS, SW -LCAS, or non-LCAS. • CE-1 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 373

    11-37 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tun nels 11.18 11.18 Bridge and Roll 11.18 Bridge and Roll The CTC Bridge and Roll wizard reroutes liv e traf f ic without interrupti ng service. The bridge process takes traf fic from a designated “roll from” facilit y and establishes a cro ss-connect to the desig ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 374

    11-38 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tunnels 11.18 11.18.1 Rolls Window Figure 1 1 -16 Rolls Window The Rolls windo w informatio n includes: • Roll From Circuit— The circuit that has connectio ns that will no long er be used when the r oll process is complete. • Roll T o Circuit—The circuit that w ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 375

    11-39 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tun nels 11.18 11.18.2 Roll Status • Roll From Circuit—The circuit that has connections that will no longer be used when the process is complete. • Roll From Path — The old path that is being rerouted. • Roll T o Path—The new path where the Roll From Pa th ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 376

    11-40 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tunnels 11.18 11.18.3 Single and Dual Rolls Note Y ou can only reroute ci rcuits in the DISCO VERED st atus. Y ou cannot reroute circuits that are in the R OLL_PENDING status. 11.18.3 Single and Dual Rolls Circuits ha ve an additional layer of roll types: single and du ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 377

    11-41 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tun nels 11.18 11.18.3 Single and Dual Rolls Figure 1 1 -19 Single Roll from One Cir cuit to Another Circuit (Destination Changes) Figure 11-2 0 shows one ci rcuit rolling on to another circuit at the source. Figur e 1 1 -20 Single Roll from One Cir c uit to An other C ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 378

    11-42 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tunnels 11.19 11.18.4 Tw o Circuit Bridge and Roll Figur e 1 1 -22 Dual Roll to Rer oute t o a Dif f er ent Node Note If a ne w segment is created on Nodes 3 and 4 using the Bridge and Roll wizard, the created circuit has the same name as the ori ginal circuit with the ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 379

    11-43 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tun nels 11.20 11.20 Reconfigured Circuits • Circuits types must be a compatible. F or example, you can combine an STS circuit wi th a V AP circuit to create a longer V AP circuit, but you cannot combin e a VT circuit wit h an STS circuit. • Circuit directions must ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 380

    11-44 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 11 Circuits and Tunnels 11.21 11.21 VLAN Management 11.21 VLAN Management In Software Release 4.6 and later , VLANs are populated within topologies to limit broadcasts to each topology rath er than to the entire networ k. Us ing the Manage VLANs command in th e T ools menu, you can vi ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 381

    CH A P T E R 12-1 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 12 SONET Topologies and Upgrades Note The terms "Unidirection al Path Swit ched Ring" and "U PSR" may appear in Cisco liter ature. These terms do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15 xxx products in a unidirectio nal path switched ring conf iguration. Rather , these ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 382

    12-2 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 12 SONET Top ologies and Upgrades 12.2 12.2 Bidirectional Line Switched Rings 12.2 Bidirectional Line Switched Rings The ONS 15454 can support fi v e concurrent bidirectional line swi tch rings (BLSRs) in one of the follo wing conf igurations: • Fi ve two-f iber BLSRs • Four two-f ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 383

    12-3 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 12 SONET Topologi es and Upgrades 12.2 12.2.1 Two-Fiber BLSRs Figur e 12-1 Four -Node, T wo-Fiber BLSR The SONET K1, K2, an d K3 bytes carry the informatio n that gov erns BLSR prot ection switches. Each BLSR node monitors the K bytes to de termine when to switch the SONET signal to an ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 384

    12-4 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 12 SONET Top ologies and Upgrades 12.2 12.2.1 Two-Fiber BLSRs Figur e 12-2 Four -Node, T w o-Fiber BLSR T raf fic P atter n Sample Figure 12-3 sh ows ho w traff ic is rer outed follo w ing a line break between No de 0 and Node 3. • All circuits ori ginating on Node 0 t hat carried tr ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 385

    12-5 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 12 SONET Topologi es and Upgrades 12.2 12.2.2 Four-Fiber BLSRs Figur e 12-3 Four -Node, T wo-Fiber BLSR T r af fic P at ter n Following Line Br eak 12.2.2 Four-Fiber BLSRs Four -f iber BLSRs double the bandwid th of two-f iber BLSRs. Because they allo w span switching as well as ring s ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 386

    12-6 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 12 SONET Top ologies and Upgrades 12.2 12.2.2 Four-Fiber BLSRs Figur e 12-4 Four -Node, Four -Fiber BLSR Four -f iber BLSRs pro vide span and ring swit ching: • Span switching ( Figure 12-5 on page 12-7 ) occurs when a working span fails. T raff ic switches to the protect f ibers bet ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 387

    12-7 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 12 SONET Topologi es and Upgrades 12.2 12.2.2 Four-Fiber BLSRs Figur e 12-5 Four -Fiber BLSR Span Sw itch • Ring switching ( Figu re 12-6 ) occurs when a span switch cannot recover traf fic, such as when both the wor king and prot ect f ibers f ail on the s ame span. In a ring switch ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 388

    12-8 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 12 SONET Top ologies and Upgrades 12.2 12.2.3 BLSR Bandwidth Figur e 12-6 Four -Fibe r BLSR Ring S witch 12.2.3 BLSR Bandwidth BLSR nodes can terminate traf fic comi ng from either si de of the ring . Therefore, BLSRs are suited for distrib uted node-to-node traf fic applications su ch ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 389

    12-9 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 12 SONET Topologi es and Upgrades 12.2 12.2.4 BL SR Applicatio n Example Figure 12-7 sho ws an example of BLSR bandwidth reuse. The same STS carries three different traf fic sets simultaneously on dif ferent spans around t he ring: one set from N ode 3 to Node 1, another set from Node ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 390

    12-10 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 12 SONET Top ologies and Upgrades 12.2 12.2.4 BLSR Application Example • The ONS 15454 OC-3 card supports a to tal of four OC-3 ports so that two additio nal OC-3 spans can be added at little cost. Figur e 12-8 Five-Node T wo-Fiber BLSR Figure 12-9 sho ws the shelf assembly layout f ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 391

    12-11 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 12 SONET Topologi es and Upgrades 12.2 12.2.4 BL SR Applicatio n Example Figure 12-9 Shelf Assembly Lay out for Node 0 in Figure 12-8 Figure 12-1 0 shows the shelf assembly layout for the remain ing sites in the ring. In this BLSR confi guration, an additional eight DS -3s at Node IDs ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 392

    12-12 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 12 SONET Top ologies and Upgrades 12.2 12.2.5 BL SR Fiber Co nnections 12.2.5 BLSR Fiber Connections Plan your f iber connectio ns and use the same p lan fo r all BLSR nodes. F or example, make the east port the farthest slot to the right and th e west port the farthest sl ot to the l ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 393

    12-13 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 12 SONET Topologi es and Upgrades 12.3 12.3 Dual-Ring Interconnec t Figure 12-12 Conne cting Fiber to a F our -No de, Four -Fiber BLSR 12.3 Dual-Ring Interconnect Dual-ring interconnect (D RI) topologies pro vide an e xtra le vel of pat h protection for circuits on interconnected ring ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 394

    12-14 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 12 SONET Top ologies and Upgrades 12.3 12.3.1 BLSR D RI • Both a service selector and a path selector • Both a line switch and a path switch of a service sel ector For e xample, if a path protection DRI service sele ctor switch does not restore traff ic, then the path selector swi ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 395

    12-15 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 12 SONET Topologi es and Upgrades 12.3 12.3.1 BLSR DRI Figure 12-13 ONS 15454 T raditio nal BLSR Dual-Ring Inter con nect (Same-Si de Routing) Figure 12-1 4 shows ONS 15454 nodes in a traditional BLSR -DRI topolog y with opposi te-side routing. In Ring 1, Nodes 3 and 4 are the interco ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 396

    12-16 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 12 SONET Top ologies and Upgrades 12.3 12.3.1 BLSR D RI Figure 12-14 ONS 15454 T raditio nal BLSR Dual-Ring Inter conne ct (Opposite- Side Routing) Figure 12-1 5 shows ONS 15 454s in an inte grated BLSR-DRI topology . The same drop-and-continue traf fi c routing occurs at tw o nodes, ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 397

    12-17 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 12 SONET Topologi es and Upgrades 12.3 12.3.1 BLSR DRI Figur e 12-15 ONS 15454 Int egrat ed BLSR Dual-Ring Int erconnect Figure 12-1 6 shows an e xample of an integrat ed BLSR DRI on the Edit Circuits wind ow . Service Selector Secondary Path (protection) Primary Path (working) 115236 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 398

    12-18 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 12 SONET Top ologies and Upgrades 12.4 12.4 Comparison of the Prote ction Schemes Figur e 12-16 Int egrat ed BLSR DR I on the Edit Circ uits Windo w 12.4 Comparison of the Protection Schemes T able 12-4 sho ws a comparison of the different protection schemes using OC-48 as an example. ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 399

    12-19 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 12 SONET Topologi es and Upgrades 12.5 12.5 Linear ADM Configurations 12.5 Linear ADM Configurations Y ou can configure ONS 1545 4s as a line of add/drop multiple xe rs (ADMs) by conf iguring one set of OC-N cards as the working path and a seco nd set as the protect path. Unlike rings ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 400

    12-20 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 12 SONET Top ologies and Upgrades 12.6 12.6 Path -Protected M esh Networks Figur e 12-18 P ath-Prot e cted Mesh Networ k PPMN also allo ws spans with dif ferent SONET speeds to be mixed together in “vi rtual rings. ” Figure 12-1 9 shows Nodes 1, 2 , 3, and 4 in a standard O C-48 r ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 401

    12-21 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 12 SONET Topologi es and Upgrades 12.7 12.7 Four-Shelf Node Configura tions Figur e 12-19 PPMN Vir tual Ring 12.7 Four-Shelf Node Configurations Y ou can link multiple ONS 15454s using th eir OC-N cards (that is, cr eate a fiber -optic b us) to accommodate more acces s traf fic than a ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 402

    12-22 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 12 SONET Top ologies and Upgrades 12.8 12.8 OC-N Speed Upgrad es Figur e 12-20 Four -Shelf Node Configuration 12.8 OC-N Speed Upgrades A span is the optical f iber connection b etween two ONS 15454 nodes. In a span (optical speed) upgrade, the transmission rate of a span is upgraded f ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 403

    12-23 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 12 SONET Topologi es and Upgrades 12.8 12.8 OC-N Speed Upg rades • OC-48 to OC192SR1/STM64IO Sh ort Reach or OC192/STM64 An y Reach T able 12-5 lists permit ted upgrades for Slots 5, 6, 12, and 13 (high-speed slo ts). T able 12-6 lists permit ted upgrades for Slots 1 t hrough 4 and ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 404

    12-24 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 12 SONET Top ologies and Upgrades 12.8 12.8.1 Span Upgrade Wizard Note Replacing cards that are the same speed are not co nsidered span upgrades. For e xample replacing a four-port OC-3 wit h an eight-port OC-3 card or replacing a single-p ort OC-12 with a four-port OC-1 2 card. T o p ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 405

    12-25 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 12 SONET Topologi es and Upgrades 12.9 12.9 In-Service Topolo gy Upgrades Procedures for manual span upgrad es can be found in the “Upgrade Card s and Spans” chapt er in the Cisco ONS 15454 Pr ocedur e Guide . Fiv e manual span upgrade options are a vailable: • Upgrade on a two- ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 406

    12-26 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 12 SONET Top ologies and Upgrades 12.9 12.9.1 Unprotected Point-to -Point or Linea r ADM to Path Protection 12.9.1 Unprotected Point-to-Point or Linear ADM to Path Protection CTC provi des a topology co n ver sion wizard for co n v erting an unprotected point-to-point or linear ADM to ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 407

    12-27 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 12 SONET Topologi es and Upgrades 12.9 12.9.3 Path Protection to Two-Fiber B LSR 12.9.3 Path Protection to Two-Fiber BLSR CTC provides a to pology con version wizard to co n vert a path protection to a tw o-f iber BLSR. An upgrade from a path pro tection to a tw o-fib er BLSR changes ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 408

    12-28 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 12 SONET Top ologies and Upgrades 12.9 12.9.5 Add or Remov e a Node from a Topo logy ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 409

    CH A P T E R 13-1 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 13 Management Network Connectivity This chapter pr ovides an o vervi ew of ONS 15454 data communicat ions network (DCN ) connecti vity . Cisco Optical Netw orking System (ONS) network communication i s based on IP , including communication between Cisco T ransport Controller (CTC) ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 410

    13-2 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.2 13.2 IP Addressing Scenarios • IP subnetting can cr eate multiple logical ONS 1 5454 networks within a single Class A, B, or C IP network. If you do not subnet, you will only be able to use one netw ork from your Class A, B, or C network. • ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 411

    13-3 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Management N etwork Connectivity 13.2 13.2.1 IP Scena rio 1: CTC and ONS 15454s on Same Subnet 13.2.1 IP Scenario 1: CTC and ONS 15454s on Same Subnet IP Scenario 1 sho ws a basic ONS 15454 LAN co nfigu ration ( Figure 13-1 ). The ONS 15454s and CTC computer reside on the same subne ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 412

    13-4 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.2 13.2.3 IP Scenario 3: Usin g Proxy ARP to Enable an ONS 15454 Gateway Figur e 13-2 IP Scenar io 2 : CTC and ONS 15454 Nodes Connect ed to a Rout er 13.2.3 IP Scenario 3: Using Proxy ARP to Enable an ONS 15454 Gateway ARP matches higher -le vel I ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 413

    13-5 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Management N etwork Connectivity 13.2 13.2.3 IP Scenario 3: Using Pro xy ARP to Enable an ONS 15454 Gateway IP Scenario 3 is similar to IP Scenario 1, b u t only one ONS 15454 (1) co nnects to the LAN ( Figure 13-3 ). T wo ONS 15454s (2 and 3) connect to O NS 154 54 1 through the SO ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 414

    13-6 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.2 13.2.4 IP Scenario 4: Default Gateway on a CTC Computer In Figure 13-4 , Node 1 announces to Node 2 an d 3 that it can reach the CTC host. Similarly , Node 3 announces that it can reach the ONS 1 52xx. The ONS 152xx is sho wn as an e xample; any ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 415

    13-7 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Management N etwork Connectivity 13.2 13.2.5 IP Scenario 5: Using Static Routes to Connect to LANs Figure 13-5 IP Scenar io 4: Default Gat ewa y on a CTC Computer 13.2.5 IP Scenario 5: Using Static Routes to Connect to LANs Static routes are used for tw o purposes: • T o connect O ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 416

    13-8 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.2 13.2.5 IP Scenario 5: Us ing Static Routes to Connect to LANs Figur e 13-6 IP Scenar io 5: Static Rout e With One CTC Com puter Used as a Destination The destination and subnet mask entries control access to the ONS 15454s: • If a single CTC c ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 417

    13-9 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Management N etwork Connectivity 13.2 13.2.5 IP Scenario 5: Using Static Routes to Connect to LANs Figur e 13-7 IP Scenario 5: Static Ro ute With Mu ltiple LAN Destinations CTC Workstation IP Address 192.168.1.100 Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 Default Gateway = 192.168.1.1 Host Routes = ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 418

    13-10 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.2 13.2.6 IP Scenario 6: Using OSPF 13.2.6 IP Scenario 6: Using OSPF Open Shortest Path F irst (OSPF) is a link state Intern et routing protocol. Link st ate protocols use a “hello protocol” to monitor th eir links with adjacent routers and to ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 419

    13-11 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Management N etwork Connectivity 13.2 13.2.6 IP Scenario 6: Using OSPF Figur e 13-8 IP Scenario 6: OSPF Enabled CTC Workstation IP Address 192.168.1.100 Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 Default Gateway = 192.168.1.1 Host Routes = N/A Router IP Address of interface “A” to LAN A 192.168 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 420

    13-12 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.2 13.2.7 IP Scenario 7: Pr ovisioning the ONS 15454 SOCKS Proxy Server Figur e 13-9 IP Scenar io 6: OSPF Not Enabled 13.2.7 IP Scenario 7: Provisioning the ONS 15454 SOCKS Proxy Server The ONS 15454 SOCKS proxy is an appl ication that allo ws an ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 421

    13-13 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Management N etwork Connectivity 13.2 13.2.7 IP Scenario 7: Provisioning the ONS 15454 SOCKS Proxy Server The ONS 15454 gate way setting performs the follo wing task s: • Isolates DCC IP traff ic from Ethernet (craft port) traff ic and accepts packets based on filtering rules. Th ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 422

    13-14 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.2 13.2.7 IP Scenario 7: Pr ovisioning the ONS 15454 SOCKS Proxy Server Note If you launch CTC ag ainst a node through a Netw ork Address T ranslation (N A T) or Port Address T ranslation (P A T) router and that node does not ha ve prox y enabled, ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 423

    13-15 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Management N etwork Connectivity 13.2 13.2.7 IP Scenario 7: Provisioning the ONS 15454 SOCKS Proxy Server Figur e 13-1 1 IP Scenario 7: ONS 15454 SOCKS Pr o x y Server with GNE and ENEs on the Same Subnet T able 13-2 sho ws recommended settings for ONS 15454 GNEs and ENEs in the co ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 424

    13-16 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.2 13.2.7 IP Scenario 7: Pr ovisioning the ONS 15454 SOCKS Proxy Server Figur e 13-12 IP Scenar io 7: ONS 15454 SOCKS Pr o xy Server with GNE and ENEs on Diff erent Subnets 71674 Remote CTC 10.10.20.10 10.10.20.0/24 10.10.10.0/24 Interface 0/0 10. ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 425

    13-17 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Management N etwork Connectivity 13.2 13.2.7 IP Scenario 7: Provisioning the ONS 15454 SOCKS Proxy Server Figur e 13-13 IP Scenario 7: ONS 15454 SOCKS Pr o xy Server With ENEs on Multip le Rings T able 13-3 sho ws the rules that th e ONS 15454 follo ws to fi lter packets for the fi ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 426

    13-18 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.2 13.2.8 IP Scenario 8: Dual GNEs on a Subnet If you implement the SOCKS pr oxy server , note th at all DCC-conn ected ONS 15454s on the same Ethernet segment must hav e the same gate way set ting. Mixed values prod uce unpredictable results, and ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 427

    13-19 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Management N etwork Connectivity 13.2 13.2.8 IP Scen ario 8: Dual GNEs on a Subne t Figur e 13-14 IP Scenar io 8: Du al GNEs on the Same Subnet Figure 13-1 5 shows a netw ork with dual GNEs o n dif ferent subnets. 115258 Remote CTC 10.10.20.10 10.10.20.0/24 10.10.10.0/24 Interface ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 428

    13-20 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.2 13.2.9 IP Scenario 9: IP A ddressing with Secure Mode Enabled Figur e 13-15 IP Scenar io 8: Du al GNEs on Diff er ent Subnets 13.2.9 IP Scenario 9: IP Addre ssing with Secure Mode Enabled TCC2P cards pro vide a secure mode option allo wi ng you ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 429

    13-21 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Management N etwork Connectivity 13.2 13.2.9 IP Scenario 9: IP Addressing with Secure Mode Enabled Figure 13-16 on page 13-21 sho ws an examp le of ONS 15454s on the same subn et with secure mode enabled. Note Secure mode is not av ailable if TCC2 cards are instal led. If one TCC2 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 430

    13-22 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.3 13.3 Provisionable Patchcords Figur e 13-17 IP Scenar io 9: ONS 15454 GNE and EN Es on Dif f er ent Subnets with Secur e Mode Enabled 13.3 Provisionable Patchcords A provisionable pat chcord is a user -provisioned link t h at is advert ised by ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 431

    13-23 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Management N etwork Connectivity 13.3 13.3 Provisionable Patchcords T able 13-5 lists the support ed card combinations for client and trun k ports in a pr ovisionab le patchcord. Note If the OCSM card is installed in Slot 8, provision able patchcords from OC-N ports to the follo wi ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 432

    13-24 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.4 13.4 Routing Table Optical ports ha ve the fo llo wing requirements when used in a provision able patchcord: • An optical port connected to a TXP/MXP port, add/drop multiple xer p ort, or multiple xer/demultip lex er port requires a Sectio n ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 433

    13-25 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Management N etwork Connectivity 13.5 13.5 External Firewalls Entry 1 sho ws the follo wing: • Destination (0.0.0.0) is th e default route ent ry . All un defined destination n etwork or host entr ies on this routing table are mapped to the def ault route entry . • Mask (0.0.0. ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 434

    13-26 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.5 13.5 Ex ternal Firewa lls The follo wing A CL example sho ws a f irew all configuration when the SOCKS proxy server gate way setting is not enabled. In the example, the CT C workstation's address i s 192.168.10.10. and the ONS 15454 addres ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 435

    13-27 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Management N etwork Connectivity 13.6 13.6 Open GNE access-list 100 remark *** allows CTC communication with ONS 15454 GNE (port 57790) *** access-list 100 remark access-list 100 permit tcp host 192.168.10.10 host 10.10.10.100 established access-list 100 remark *** allows ACKs back ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 436

    13-28 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.6 13.6 Ope n GNE T o set up proxy and f ire wall subnets in CTC, use the Pr ovisioni ng > Network > Proxy and Fire walls subtabs. The av ailabilit y of proxy and/or firew all tunnels depe nds on the network access set tings of the node: • ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 437

    13-29 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Management N etwork Connectivity 13.7 13.7 T CP/IP and OSI Networking Figure 13-1 9 Foreign Node Connection to an ENE Ethernet P ort 13.7 TCP/IP and OSI Networking ONS 15454 DCN commu nication is based on the TCP/IP protocol suite. Ho wev er , ONS 15454s can also be network ed with ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 438

    13-30 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.7 13.7.1 Point-to-Point Protoc ol 13.7.1 Point-to-Point Protocol PPP is a data link (Layer 2) encapsula tion protocol that transports data grams o ver point-to-point links. Although PPP was de veloped to transport IP traf f ic, it can carry other ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 439

    13-31 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Management N etwork Connectivity 13.7 13.7.2 Link Access Protocol on the D Channel 13.7.2 Link Access Protocol on the D Channel LAP-D is a data link pro tocol used in the OSI prot ocol stack. LAP-D is assigned w hen you provi sion an ONS 15454 SDCC as OSI-on ly . Provisionabl e LAP ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 440

    13-32 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.7 13.7.3 OSI C onnecti onless Network Service CLNP uses network service access point s (NSAPs) to identify network de vices. The CLNP source and destination addresses are NSAPs. In addition, CLNP uses a network element title (N ET) to identify a ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 441

    13-33 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Management N etwork Connectivity 13.7 13.7.3 OSI Connectionless N etwork Service Figure 13-2 0 shows the ISO-DCC NSAP address wi th the default v alues deli vered with the ONS 15454. The System ID is automatically p opulated with the node MA C address. Figur e 13-20 ISO-DCC NSAP Ad ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 442

    13-34 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.7 13.7.4 OSI Routing Figur e 13-21 OSI Main Setup This address is also the Rout er 1 primary manual ar ea address, which is vie wed and edited o n the Provisio ning > OSI > Routers subtab . See the “13.7.7 OSI V irtual Routers” section ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 443

    13-35 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Management N etwork Connectivity 13.7 13.7.4 OSI Routing In OSI network ing, discov ery is based on announcements. An ES uses the ES-IS protocol end system hello (ESH) message to announc e its presence to IS s and ESs connected to the same netw ork. Any ES or IS that is listening f ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 444

    13-36 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.7 13.7.4 OSI Routing • Intermediate System Le vel 1/Le vel 2—The ONS 15454 performs IS function s. It communicates with IS and ES nodes t hat reside within its OSI ar ea. It also communicates w ith IS L1/ L2 nodes that reside in other OSI are ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 445

    13-37 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Management N etwork Connectivity 13.7 13.7.5 TARP 13.7.5 TARP T ARP is used when TL1 target id entif iers (TIDs) must be translated to NSAP addresses. The TID-to-NSAP translation o ccurs by mapping TIDs to the NETs, then deri ving NSAPs from the NETs b y using the N SAP selector v ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 446

    13-38 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.7 13.7.5 TARP 13.7.5.1 TARP Processing A T ARP data cache (TDC) is created a t each NE to facilitate T ARP processing. In CTC, the TDC is displayed an d managed on t he node view Maintenance > OSI > TDC subt ab . The TDC subtab contai ns th ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 447

    13-39 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Management N etwork Connectivity 13.7 13.7.5 TARP 13.7.5.2 TARP Loop Detection Buffer The T ARP loop detection b uf fer (LDB) can be enable d to pre vent dup licate T ARP PDUs from entering the TDC. When a T ARP T ype 1, 2, or 4 PDU arri ve s, T ARP checks its LDB for a NET address ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 448

    13-40 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.7 13.7.6 TCP/IP and OSI Mediation Figur e 13-23 Manual T ARP Adjacencies 13.7.5.4 Manual TID to NSAP Provisioning TIDs can be manually linked to NSAPs and added to the TDC. Static TDC entries are similar t o static routes. For a specif ic TID, yo ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 449

    13-41 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Management N etwork Connectivity 13.7 13.7.7 OSI Virtual Routers Figure 13-24 T–TD Protocol Flow • FT–TD—Performs an FTP con version between FT AM and FTP . The FT–TD gate way entity includes an FT AM responder (serve r) and an FTP client, al lo wing FT AM initiators (cl ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 450

    13-42 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.7 13.7.7 OSI Virtual Routers Figure 13-26 Provisioning OSI Routers Each router has an editable manu al area addr ess and a unique NSAP System ID that is set to the n ode MA C address + n . For Router 1, n = 0. F or Router 2, n = 1. For Router 3, ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 451

    13-43 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Management N etwork Connectivity 13.7 13.7.8 IP-over-CLNS Tunnels Each OSI virtual rout er has a primary manual area address. Y ou can also create two additional manual area addresses. These manual area addresses can be use d to: • Split up an area—Nodes within a given area can ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 452

    13-44 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.7 13.7.8 IP-over-CLNS Tunnels Figur e 13-27 IP -o ver -CLNS T u nnel Flow 13.7.8.1 Provisioning IP-over-CLNS Tunnels IP-ov er -CLNS tunnels must be carefully planned to pre vent nodes from losing visibility or connecti vity . Before you be gin a ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 453

    13-45 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Management N etwork Connectivity 13.7 13.7.8 IP-over-CLNS Tunnels If you are pro visioning an IP-ov er -CLNS tunnel on a Cisco router , always fo llow p rocedures pro vided in the Cisco IOS documentati on for the router you are pro visioning. F or information abou t ISO CLNS provis ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 454

    13-46 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.7 13.7.8 IP-over-CLNS Tunnels Figur e 13-28 IP -o ver -CLNS T unnel Scenar io 1: ONS NE to Other V e nder GNE 13.7.8.3 IP-over-CLNS Tunnel Scenario 2: ONS Node to Router Figure 13-2 9 shows an IP-o ver -CLNS tunnel from an ONS node to a router . ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 455

    13-47 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Management N etwork Connectivity 13.7 13.7.8 IP-over-CLNS Tunnels clns routing interface ctunnel 102 ip address 10.10.30.3 0 255.255.255.0 ctunnel destination 39.8 40F .80.1111.0000.1111.1111.ddddd ddddddd.00 interface Ethernet0/1 clns router isis router isis net 39.840F .80.1111.0 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 456

    13-48 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.7 13.7.8 IP-over-CLNS Tunnels ONS NE 1 IP-ov er -CLNS tunnel pro visioning: • Destination: Router 2 IP address • Mask: 255.255.255. 255 for host route (CTC 1 o nly), or 255.255.255.0 f or subnet route (all CTC computers on the same subnet) ? ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 457

    13-49 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Management N etwork Connectivity 13.7 13.7.9 O SI/IP Networking Scenario s Figur e 13-30 IP -ov er -CLNS T unn el Scenar io 3: ONS Node to Rout er Acr oss an OSI DCN 13.7.9 OSI/IP Networking Scenarios The follo wing eight scenari os show e xamples of ONS 15454s in networks with OSI ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 458

    13-50 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.7 13.7.9 OSI/IP Networking Scenarios • All ONS 15454 NEs participating in an OSI netw ork run OSI o ver PPP between t hemselves. This is needed so that other vend or GNEs can route TL1 commands to all ONS 15454 NEs participating in the OSI ne t ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 459

    13-51 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Management N etwork Connectivity 13.7 13.7.9 O SI/IP Networking Scenario s Figur e 13-32 OSI/IP Scenar io 2: IP O SS, IP DCN, ONS GNE, OSI DCC, and Other V endor ENE The ONS 15454 GNE routes TL1 traff ic to the correct NE by resolving the TL1 TID to either an IP or NSAP address. Fo ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 460

    13-52 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.7 13.7.9 OSI/IP Networking Scenarios OSS-initiated soft ware do wnloads cons ist of two part s: the OSS to destinat ion NE TL1 do wnload request and the f ile transfer . The TL1 request is handled the same as described in th e previou s paragraph ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 461

    13-53 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Management N etwork Connectivity 13.7 13.7.9 O SI/IP Networking Scenario s Figur e 13-33 OSI/IP Scenar io 3: IP OSS , IP DCN, Other V endor GNE, OSI DCC, and ONS ENE Figure 13-3 4 shows the same scenario, e xcep t the IP-ov er- CLNS tunnel endpoint is th e GNE rather than the DCN r ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 462

    13-54 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.7 13.7.9 OSI/IP Networking Scenarios Figur e 13-34 OSI/IP Scenar io 3 with OSI/IP -ov er -CLNS T unnel Endpoint at the GNE 13.7.9.4 OSI/IP Scenario 4: Multiple ONS DCC Areas OSI/IP Scenario 4 ( Figure 13-35 ) is similar to OSI/IP Scenario 3 e xce ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 463

    13-55 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Management N etwork Connectivity 13.7 13.7.9 O SI/IP Networking Scenario s Figur e 13-35 OSI/IP Scenar io 4: Multiple ONS DCC Ar eas 13.7.9.5 OSI/IP Scenario 5: GNE Wit hout an OSI DCC Connection OSI/IP Scenario 5 ( Figure 13-36 ) is similar to OSI/IP Scenario 3 e xcept that the OS ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 464

    13-56 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.7 13.7.9 OSI/IP Networking Scenarios Figur e 13-36 OSI/IP Scenar io 5: GNE Witho ut an OSI DCC Connection 13.7.9.6 OSI/IP Scenario 6: IP OSS, OSI DCN, ONS GNE, OSI DCC, and Other Vendor ENE OSI/IP Scenario 6 ( Figure 13-37 ) sho ws how th e ONS 1 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 465

    13-57 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Management N etwork Connectivity 13.7 13.7.9 O SI/IP Networking Scenario s Figure 13-37 OSI/IP Scenar io 6: IP OSS, OSI DCN, ONS GNE, OSI DCC, and Other V endor ENE 13.7.9.7 OSI/IP Scenario 7: OSI OSS, OSI DCN, Ot her Vender GNE, OS I DCC, and ONS NEs OSI/IP Scenario 7 ( Figure 13- ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 466

    13-58 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.7 13.7.9 OSI/IP Networking Scenarios Figur e 13-38 OSI/IP Scenar io 7: OSI OSS , OSI DCN, O ther V ender GNE, OSI DCC, and ONS NEs In European netwo rks: • CTC and CTM are used for managem ent only . • IP-ov er-CLNS tunnels are widely accepte ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 467

    13-59 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Management N etwork Connectivity 13.7 13.7.9 O SI/IP Networking Scenario s • TL1 management is not required. • FTP file tr ansfer is not required. • TL1 and FT AM to FTP mediation is not required. Management traf fic between CTC/CTM and ONS 15 454 NEs is carried ov er an IP-o ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 468

    13-60 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.7 13.7.9 OSI/IP Networking Scenarios Figur e 13-39 OSI/IP Scenar io 8: OSI OSS , OSI DCN, ONS GNE, OSI DCC, and Other V ender NEs 1 The ONS NEs are ma naged by CTC/CTM only (TL1 /FTP is not used). 2 The OSI OSS manages other vendo r NEs only . 3 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 469

    13-61 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Management N etwork Connectivity 13.7 13.7.10 Provisioning OSI in CTC 13.7.10 Provisioning OSI in CTC T able 13-18 sho ws the OSI actions that are performed from th e node view Pro visioning tab . Refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Pr ocedur e Guide for OSI procedures and tasks. T able 1 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 470

    13-62 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 13 Ma nagement Network Connectivity 13.7 13.7.10 Provisioning OSI in CTC ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 471

    CH A P T E R 14-1 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 14 Alarm Monitoring and Management This chapter describe s Cisco T ransport Control ler (CTC) alarm managem ent. T o troubleshoot specific alarms, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 T r oubleshooting Guide . Chapter topics include: • 14.1 Overvie w , page 14-1 • 14.2 LCD Alarm Count ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 472

    14-2 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 14 Alarm Monitoring a nd Management 14.3 14.3 Alarm Information The ONS 15454 has a one- butto n update for some commonly vie wed alarm coun ts. If you press the Sl ot button once and then wa it eight seconds, the disp lay automatically changes f rom a slot alarm count to a slot alarm ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 473

    14-3 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 14 Alarm Monitoring an d Management 14.3 14.3 Alarm Information Note When an entity is put in the OOS,MT admini strati ve state, the ONS 15454 suppresses all standing alarms on that entity . All alarms and ev ents appear on the Conditions tab . Y ou can change this beha vior for the LP ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 474

    14-4 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 14 Alarm Monitoring a nd Management 14.3 14.3.1 Viewing Alarms W ith Each Node’s Time Zo ne 14.3.1 Viewing Alarms With Each Node’s Time Zone By default, alarms and condi tions are displayed w ith the ti me stamp of the CTC workst ation where you are vie wing them. But you can set t ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 475

    14-5 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 14 Alarm Monitoring an d Management 14.3 14.3.4 Viewin g Alarm-Affected Circuits 14.3.4 Viewing Alarm-Affected Circuits A user can vie w which ONS 15454 circuits are af fected by a sp ecific alarm b y positioning th e cursor ov er the alarm in the Alarm wind ow and ri ght-clicking. A s ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 476

    14-6 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 14 Alarm Monitoring a nd Management 14.3 14.3.6 Controlling the Conditions Display 14.3.6 Controlling the Conditions Display Y ou can control the display of the conditions on the Cond itions windo w . Ta b l e 1 4 - 4 shows the actions you can perform in the w indo w . 14.3.6.1 Retriev ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 477

    14-7 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 14 Alarm Monitoring an d Management 14.3 14.3.7 Viewing History 14.3.6.3 Filtering Conditions The condition display can be f iltered to prev ent display of condi tions (including alarms) with certain se verities or that occurred between certain dates. Y o u can set the fil tering param ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 478

    14-8 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 14 Alarm Monitoring a nd Management 14.3 14.3.7 Viewing History If you check the History win do w Alarms check box, you display th e node history of alarms. If you check the Even ts check box, you display th e node hist ory of Not Alarmed and tr ansient e vents (conditions). If you che ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 479

    14-9 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 14 Alarm Monitoring an d Management 14.4 14.3.8 Alarm Hi story and Log Buffer Cap acities on the card in the History > Card windo w , or a histor y of alarms, conditions, a nd transients that ha ve occurred during yo ur login session in t he History > Session wind ow . Y ou can a ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 480

    14-10 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 14 Alarm Monitoring a nd Management 14.5 14.5.1 Creatin g and Modifying Alarm Profiles CTC can store up to ten acti ve alarm profil es at any time to apply to the node. Custom p rofil es can take eight of these acti v e profi le positions. T wo other prof iles, Default profil e and In ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 481

    14-11 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 14 Alarm Monitoring an d Management 14.5 14.5.2 Alarm Profile Buttons Note Up to 10 prof iles, including th e two reserv ed prof il es (Inherited and Default) can b e stored in CTC. Where ver it is ap plied, the Defaul t alarm prof ile sets sev erities to standard T elcordia GR-253 se ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 482

    14-12 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 14 Alarm Monitoring a nd Management 14.5 14.5.3 Alarm Profil e Editing 14.5.3 Alarm Profile Editing T able 14-8 lists and describ es the fi ve prof ile-editing options a vail able when you right-cl ick an alarm item in the profile column. 14.5.4 Alarm Severity Options T o change or as ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 483

    14-13 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 14 Alarm Monitoring an d Management 14.6 14.5.6 Applying Alarm Profiles 14.5.6 Applying Alarm Profiles In CTC node vie w , the Alarm Beha vior windo w displays alarm prof iles for the node. In card vie w , the Alarm Behavior window displays the alarm profiles for the selected card. Al ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 484

    14-14 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 14 Alarm Monitoring a nd Management 14.7 14.6.2 Alarms Suppres sed by User Comman d While the facility is in the OO S,MT state, any alarms or conditions that are raised and suppressed on it (for ex ample, a transmit failure [TRMT] alarm) are repor ted in the Conditions wi ndow and sho ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 485

    14-15 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 14 Alarm Monitoring an d Management 14.7 14.7.2 External Controls • Raised When—Open means that the normal co ndition is to not ha ve current flo wing through the contact, and the alarm is generated when current does flow; closed means that the normal condition is to ha ve current ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 486

    14-16 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 14 Alarm Monitoring a nd Management 14.7 14.7.2 External Controls ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 487

    CH A P T E R 15-1 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 15 Performance Monitoring Performance monitoring (PM) parameters ar e used by ser vice providers to ga ther , store, set thr esholds for , and report performance data fo r early detection of problems. In t his chapter , PM parameters and concepts ar e def ined for elec trical card ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 488

    15-2 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Monitoring 15.1 15.1 Threshold Performance Monitoring During the accumulation cycle, if the current v a lue of a PM parameter reaches or exceeds its correspondi ng threshol d value, a threshold cross ing alert (TCA) is generated by the node and disp layed by C TC . T CA ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 489

    15-3 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Mo nitoring 15.2 15.2 Intermedia te Path Performance Monitoring Note Due to limitations of memory and the number of TCAs generated by dif ferent platforms, you can manually add/m odify the follo wing tw o properties to the platform proper ty fil e (CTC.INI for W indows a ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 490

    15-4 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Monitoring 15.3 15.3 Pointer Justific ation Count Perfor mance Monitoring Note Far -end IPPM is not support ed by all OC-N cards. It is supported by O C3-4 and EC-1 cards. Ho we ver , SONET path PMs can be monitored b y logging into the f ar-end no de directly . The ONS ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 491

    15-5 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Mo nitoring 15.4 15.4 Performance Monitoring Para meter Definitions T able 15-3 P erfor mance Monitor ing P arameters Parameter Definition AISS-P AIS Seconds Path (AISS-P) i s a count of one-second in tervals containi ng one or more alarm indication signal (AIS) defect s ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 492

    15-6 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Monitoring 15.4 15.4 Performance Monitoring Pa rameter Definitions CV -S Section Coding V iolation (CV -S) is a count of bit interlea ved parity (BIP) errors detected at the section layer (that is, usin g the B1 byte in the incoming SONET signal) . Up to eight sectio n B ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 493

    15-7 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Mo nitoring 15.4 15.4 Performance Monitoring Para meter Definitions ES-S Section Errored Seconds (ES-S) is a count of the nu mber of seconds when at least one section-laye r BIP error was detected or an SEF or loss of signal (LOS) defect w as present. ES-SM Sect ion Moni ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 494

    15-8 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Monitoring 15.4 15.4 Performance Monitoring Pa rameter Definitions LOSS-L Line Loss of Signal (LOSS-L) is a count of one-second interv als containing o ne or more LOS defects. NIOS Non-Idle Order ed Sets (NIOS) is a count of recei ved pack ets containing non-idle ordered ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 495

    15-9 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Mo nitoring 15.4 15.4 Performance Monitoring Para meter Definitions PJCS-PDET -P Pointer Justif ication Count Se conds, STS Path Detect (NPJCS-PDET -P) is a count of the one-second interv als contai ning one or more PPJC-PDET or NPJC-PDET . PJCS-PG EN-P Po inter Justific ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 496

    15-10 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Monitoring 15.4 15.4 Performance Monitoring Pa rameter Definitions PSD-S In a four -fiber BLSR, Protection Switching Duration-Span (PSD-S) i s a count of the seconds that the protecti on line was used to carry service. A count is only incremented if span switching is us ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 497

    15-11 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Mo nitoring 15.4 15.4 Performance Monitoring Para meter Definitions SESR-PM Path Monitoring Sev erely Errored Seconds Ratio (SESR-PM) indicat es the se verely errored seconds ratio reco rded in the O TN path during the PM time interv al. SESR-SM Section Monit oring Se v ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 498

    15-12 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Monitoring 15.5 15.5 Performance Monitor ing for Electrica l Cards 15.5 Performance Monitoring for Electrical Cards The follo wing sections def ine PM parameters for the EC1-12, DS1/E1-56 , DS1-14, DS1N-14, D S3-12, DS3-12E, DS3N-12, DS3N- 12E, DS3i-N-12, DS3XM-6, DS3X ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 499

    15-13 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Mo nitoring 15.5 15.5.1 EC1-12 Card Performan ce Monitoring Parameters Note The XX in Figure 15-2 represents all PMs listed in T able 15-4 with the giv en pref ix and/or suf f ix. Figur e 15-3 PM Read Po ints on the EC1 -12 Card T able 15-4 lists the PM parameters for t ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 500

    15-14 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Monitoring 15.5 15.5.2 DS1_E1_56 Card Performanc e Monitoring Parameters Note If the CV -L(NE and FE) falls in the range 51-61 for EC1,th en, the user might see discrep ancy in the SES and the U AS-L v alues. Howe v er , ES-L will be in the nearest accuracy . For a few ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 501

    15-15 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Mo nitoring 15.5 15.5.2 DS1_E1_56 Card Performance Monitoring Parame ters Figur e 15-5 PM Read P oints on the DS1/E1 -56 Card Tx/Rx LIU Ultramapper ASIC Stingra y ASIC DS-1 P ath Side E-1 P ath Side This group of PMs are receiv ed from the f ar end. They only e xist f o ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 502

    15-16 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Monitoring 15.5 15.5.3 DS1-14 and DS1N-14 Card Perfor mance Moni toring Parame ters T able 15-5 lists the PM parameters for the DS1/E1- 56 card. 15.5.3 DS1-14 and DS1N-14 Card Performance Monitoring Parameters Figure 15-6 sh ows the sig nal types that support near-end a ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 503

    15-17 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Mo nitoring 15.5 15.5.3 DS1-14 and DS1N-14 Card Performance Monitoring Parame ters Figur e 15-7 PM Read P oints on the DS1 -14 and DS1N-14 Cards T able 15-6 describes the PM parameters fo r the DS1-14 and DS1N-1 4 cards. Note Far -end DS1 performan ce monitoring v alues ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 504

    15-18 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Monitoring 15.5 15.5.4 DS3-12 and DS3N-12 Card Perfor mance Moni toring Parame ters 15.5.3.1 DS-1 Facility Data Link Performance Monitoring Facility Data Link (FDL) performance monitoring en ables an ONS 15454 DS1N-14 card to calculate an d report DS-1 error rate perfor ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 505

    15-19 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Mo nitoring 15.5 15.5.5 DS3-12E and DS3N-12E Card Performance Monitoring Parame ters Figur e 15-9 PM Read P oints on the DS3-12 and DS3N-12 Car ds The PM parameters for the DS3-12 and DS3N-12 cards are describ ed in Ta b l e 1 5 - 7 . 15.5.5 DS3-12E and DS3N-12E Card Pe ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 506

    15-20 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Monitoring 15.5 15.5.5 DS3-12E and DS3N-12E Card Performanc e Monitoring Para meters Figure 15-1 0 Monitored Signal T y pes for the DS3-12E and DS3N-12E Car ds Note The XX in Figure 15-10 represents all PMs listed in T able 15-8 with the g iv en pref ix and/or suf f ix. ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 507

    15-21 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Mo nitoring 15.5 15.5.6 DS3i-N-12 Card Performance Monitoring Parame ters 15.5.6 DS3i-N-12 Card Performance Monitoring Parameters Figure 15-1 2 shows the signal types that sup port near -end and far -end PMs. Figur e 15-12 Monitor e d Signal T ypes for the DS3i-N-12 Car ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 508

    15-22 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Monitoring 15.5 15.5.6 DS3i-N-1 2 Card Performa nce Monitoring Parameters Figur e 15-13 PM Read P oints on the DS3i-N-12 Cards T able 15-9 describes the PM paramete rs for the DS3i-N-12 card. 110717 ONS 15454 DS3i-N-12 Card LIU Mux/Demux ASIC BTC ASIC XC Card(s) OC-N DS ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 509

    15-23 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Mo nitoring 15.5 15.5.7 DS3XM-6 Card Performance Monitoring Parameters 15.5.7 DS3XM-6 Card Performance Monitoring Parameters Figure 15-1 4 shows the signal types that sup port near -end and far -end PMs. Figur e 15-14 Monitor e d Signal T y pes for the DS3XM-6 Car d Not ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 510

    15-24 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Monitoring 15.5 15.5.7 DS3XM-6 Card Performance Mo nitoring Parameters Figur e 15-15 PM Read P oints on the DS3XM-6 Card T able 15-10 lists the PM parameters for the DS3XM-6 card s. 78980 ONS 15454 DS3XM-6 Card LIU Mapper Unit BTC ASIC XC Card(s) OC-N DS1 Side VT Le vel ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 511

    15-25 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Mo nitoring 15.5 15.5.8 DS3XM-12 Card Performance Monitoring Paramete rs 15.5.8 DS3XM-12 Card Performance Monitoring Parameters Figure 15-1 6 shows the signal types that sup port near -end and far -end PMs. Figur e 15-16 Monitor e d Signal T y pes for the DS3XM-12 Car d ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 512

    15-26 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Monitoring 15.5 15.5.8 DS3XM-12 Ca rd Performance Monitor ing Parameters Figur e 15-17 PM Read P oints on the DS3XM-12 Card T able 15-11 lists the PM parameters for the DS3XM-12 cards. 124556 ONS 15454 DS3XM-12 Card LIU Mapper Unit BTC ASIC XC Card(s) OC-N DS1 Side VT L ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 513

    15-27 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Mo nitoring 15.5 15.5.9 DS3-EC1-48 Card Performance Monitoring Parameters 15.5.9 DS3-EC1-48 Card Performance Monitoring Parameters Figure 15-1 8 shows the signal types that su pport near -end and far -end PMs. Figure 15-1 8 Moni tor ed Signal T ypes for the DS3/EC1 - 48 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 514

    15-28 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Monitoring 15.5 15.5.9 DS3-EC1-4 8 Ca rd Perfor mance Monitoring Parameters Figur e 15-19 PM Read Points on the DS3/EC1 -48 Card T able 15-12 lists the PM parameters for the D S3/EC1-48 cards. 124997 ONS 15454 DS3/EC1-48 Card LIU Mapper Unit BTC ASIC XC Card(s) OC-N SON ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 515

    15-29 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Mo nitoring 15.6 15.6 Performanc e Monitoring for Ethernet Card s Note If the CV -L(NE and FE) falls in the range 51-61 for DS3,th en, the user might see discrep ancy in the SES and the U AS-L v alues. Howe v er , ES-L will be in the nearest accuracy . For a few seconds ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 516

    15-30 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Monitoring 15.6 15.6.1 E-Series Ethe rnet Card Performanc e Monitoring Paramete rs etherStatsUndersizePkts The total number of pack ets recei ve d that were less than 64 octets long (excludi ng framing bits, b ut includin g FCS octets) and were otherwise well formed. et ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 517

    15-31 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Mo nitoring 15.6 15.6.1 E-Series Ethe rnet Card Performance Monitoring Paramete rs 15.6.1.2 E-Series Ethernet Utilization Window The Utilization windo w sho ws the percentage of transmit (Tx) and recei ve (Rx) lin e bandwidth used by the Ethernet ports dur ing consecuti ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 518

    15-32 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Monitoring 15.6 15.6.2 G-Series Ethern et Card Performanc e Monitoring Parame ters 15.6.2 G-Series Ethernet Card Performance Monitoring Parameters CTC provid es Ethernet performance informat ion, including lin e-le vel paramet ers, port bandwidth consumption, an d histo ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 519

    15-33 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Mo nitoring 15.6 15.6.2 G-Series Ethernet Card Performan ce Monitoring Parameters Note Do not use the HDLC errors counter to count the number of frames dropped because of HDLC errors, because each frame can fragment in to sev eral smaller frames during HDLC error condit ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 520

    15-34 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Monitoring 15.6 15.6.3 M L-Series E thernet Card Performanc e Monitoring Parameters 15.6.2.3 G-Series Ethernet History Window The Ethernet History windo w lists pa st Ethernet statistics for the pre v ious time interval s. Depending on the selected time interval, the Hi ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 521

    15-35 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Mo nitoring 15.6 15.6.3 ML-Series Ethernet Card Performance Monitoring Parameters 15.6.3.2 ML-Series POS Ports Window In the ML-Series POS Ports window , the parameters dis played depend on the framing mo de employed by the ML-Series card. The two framin g modes for th ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 522

    15-36 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Monitoring 15.6 15.6.3 M L-Series E thernet Card Performanc e Monitoring Parameters mediaIndStatsRxShort Pkts Number of receiv ed packets that are too small. hdlcInOctets Number of bytes recei ved (fro m the SONET/SDH path) prior to the bytes undergo ing HLDC decapsulat ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 523

    15-37 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Mo nitoring 15.6 15.6.4 CE-Series Ethernet Card Performance Monitoring Parameters 15.6.4 CE-Series Ethernet Card Performance Monitoring Parameters CTC provid es Ethernet performance informat ion, including lin e-le vel paramet ers, port bandwidth consumption, an d histo ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 524

    15-38 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Monitoring 15.6 15.6.4 CE-Series Etherne t Card Performanc e Monitoring Paramete rs ifOutMulticastPkts 2 Nu mber of multicast pack ets transmitted. ifOutBroadca stPkts 2 Number of broadcast pack ets transmitt ed. dot3StatsAli gnment Errors 2 A count of frames receiv ed ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 525

    15-39 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Mo nitoring 15.6 15.6.4 CE-Series Ethernet Card Performance Monitoring Parameters etherStatsOversizePkts The total number of packet s recei v ed that were longer than 1518 octets (excludi ng framing bits, b u t including FC S octets) and were otherwise well formed. Note ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 526

    15-40 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Monitoring 15.6 15.6.4 CE-Series Etherne t Card Performanc e Monitoring Paramete rs 15.6.4.2 CE-Series Card Ether Ports Utilization Window The Ether Ports Utilizati on windo w sho ws the percentage of Tx and Rx line bandwidth used b y the Ethernet port s during conse cu ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 527

    15-41 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Mo nitoring 15.6 15.6.4 CE-Series Ethernet Card Performance Monitoring Parameters 15.6.4.5 CE-Series Card POS Ports Utilization Window The POS Ports Utilization windo w shows the percentage of Tx an d Rx line bandwidth used b y the POS ports during consecuti ve time seg ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 528

    15-42 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Monitoring 15.7 15.7 Performance Monitori ng for Optical Cards 15.7 Performance Monitoring for Optical Cards This section lists PM parameters for ONS 15454 opti cal cards, including the OC-3, OC-12, OC-48, and OC-192 cards. Figure 15-20 sho ws the signal types that su p ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 529

    15-43 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Mo nitoring 15.7 15.7 Performa nce Monitoring for Optical Cards T able 15-22 and Ta b l e 1 5 - 2 3 list the PM parameters for OC-3 cards. T able 15-24 lists the PM parameters for OC -12, OC-48, and OC-192 cards. T able 15-22 OC-3 Card PMs Section (NE) Line (NE) STS Pat ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 530

    15-44 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Monitoring 15.8 15.8 Performance Mon itoring for Optical Multirate Cards Note If the C V -L(NE and FE) falls in a s pecific range, th en, the user mig ht see discre pancy in the SES and the U AS-L v alues. Howe ver , ES-L will be in the nearest accuracy . For a few seco ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 531

    15-45 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Mo nitoring 15.9 15.9 Performance Monitoring for Storag e Access Networking Cards Figure 15-22 PM Read P oints for the MRC-12 Card T able 15-26 lists the PM paramete rs for MRC-12 card. 15.9 Performance Monitoring for Storage Access Networking Cards The follo wing secti ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 532

    15-46 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Monitoring 15.9 15.9.1 FC_MR-4 Statistics Window CTC provid es FC_MR-4 performance information, in cluding line-le vel paramet ers, port bandwidth consumption, an d historical statisti cs. The FC_MR-4 card perfo rmance information is divided into the Statistics, Utiliza ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 533

    15-47 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Mo nitoring 15.9 15.9.2 FC_MR-4 Utilization Window 15.9.2 FC_MR-4 Utilization Window The Utilization wi ndow sh ow s the percentage of Tx and Rx line ban dwidth used by the ports during consecuti ve time se gments. The Utilization windo w provides an Interv al drop-do w ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 534

    15-48 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 15 Performance Monitoring 15.9 15.9.3 FC_MR-4 Histor y Window Note Line utilization numbers e xpress th e av erage of ingress and egress traf fic as a percentage of capacity . 15.9.3 FC_MR-4 History Window The History windo w lists past FC_ MR-4 statistics for the pre vious time inter ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 535

    CH A P T E R 16-1 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 16 SNMP This chapter e xplains Simple Netw ork Management Protocol (SNMP) as im plemented by the Cisco ONS 15454. For SNMP setup in form ation, refer to the Cisco ONS 15454 Pr ocedur e Guide . Chapter topics include: • 16.1 SNMP Overvie w , page 16-1 • 16.2 Basic SNMP Co mpone ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 536

    16-2 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 16 SNMP 16.2 16.2 Basic SNMP Components Note It is recommended that t he SNMP Manager timeout v alu e be set to 60 seconds. Under certain condi tions, if this v alue is lo wer than the recommended time, th e TCC card can reset. H o wev er , the response time depends on v arious paramet ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 537

    16-3 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 16 SNMP 16.2 16.2 Basic SNMP Components Figur e 16-2 Example of the Pr imary SNMP Components An agent (such as SNMP) residing on each managed device translates local management infor mation data, such as performance in formation or e v ent and error information caug ht in software trap ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 538

    16-4 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 16 SNMP 16.3 16.3 SNMP External Interface Re quirement 16.3 SNMP External Interface Requirement Since all SNMP requests come from a third-part y appli cation, the only external interface requ irement is that a third-part SNMP client application can upload RFC 3273 SNMP MIB v ariab les ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 539

    16-5 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 16 SNMP 16.6 16.6 SNMP M anagemen t Informatio n Bases 16.6 SNMP Management Information Bases Section 16.6.1 lists IETF -standard MIBs that ar e implemented in the ONS 15 454 and sho ws their compilation order . Section 16.6.2 lists proprietary MIBs for th e ONS 15454 and sho ws their ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 540

    16-6 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 16 SNMP 16.6 16.6.2 Proprietary ONS 15454 MIBs 16.6.2 Proprietary ONS 15454 MIBs Each ONS 15454 is shippe d with a software CD containi ng applicable proprietary MIBs. Ta b l e 1 6 - 3 lists the proprietary MIBs for the ONS 15454. Note If you cannot compi le the proprietary MIBs corre ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 541

    16-7 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 16 SNMP 16.6 16.6.3 Generic Thresh old and Perf ormance Mo nitoring MI Bs 16.6.3 Generic Threshold and Performance Monitoring MIBs In Release 7.0, a MIB called CERE NT -GENERIC-P M-MIB allo ws network management stations (NMS) to use a single, generic M IB for accessing threshold and p ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 542

    16-8 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 16 SNMP 16.7 16.7 SNMP Trap Content The cerentGen ericPmStatsCurre ntT able v alidates the current PM v alue usi ng the cerentGen ericPmStatsCurren tV alid obje ct and registers the number of va lid i nterval s with historic al PM statistics in the cerentGenericPmStatsCurr entV alidInt ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 543

    16-9 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 16 SNMP 16.7 16.7.1 Generic and IETF Traps • Object IDs that uniquely identify each e v ent with information about the generating entity (th e slot or port; synchron ous transport signal [STS] and V irtual T rib utary [VT]; bi directional line sw itched ring [BLSR], Spanning T ree Pr ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 544

    16-10 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 16 SNMP 16.7 16.7.2 Variable Trap B indings 16.7.2 Variable Trap Bindings Each SNMP tr ap contains va riable bindin gs that ar e used to create the MIB tables. ONS 15454 traps and v ariable bindings are li sted in Ta b l e 1 6 - 8 . For each group (such as Group A), all traps within t ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 545

    16-11 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 16 SNMP 16.7 16.7.2 Variable Trap Binding s B (cont.) (4) cerent454AlarmState The alarm sev erity and service-affecting status. Se veritie s are Minor , Major , and Critical. Service-affecting statuses are Service-Affecting and Non-Service Af fecting. (5) snmpT rapAddress The address ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 546

    16-12 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 16 SNMP 16.7 16.7.2 Variable Trap B indings D1 (cont.) (5) alarmRisingThr eshold When the current samp led val ue is greater than or equal to this threshold, and the v alue at the last sampling interv al was less than this threshold, a single e vent i s generated. A sin gle ev ent is ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 547

    16-13 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 16 SNMP 16.7 16.7.2 Variable Trap Binding s D2 (cont.) (7) cerent454AlarmState The alarm sev erity and service-affecting status. Se veritie s are Minor , Major , and Critical. Service-affecting statuses are Service-Affecting and Non-Service Af fecting. (8) snmpT rapAddress The address ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 548

    16-14 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 16 SNMP 16.7 16.7.2 Variable Trap B indings E (cont.) (9) cerent4 54AlarmAdditionalInfo Add itional information for th e alarm object. In the current version o f the MIB, this object contains p rovisioned d escriptio n for alar ms that are extern al to the NE. If there is no addit ion ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 549

    16-15 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 16 SNMP 16.7 16.7.2 Variable Trap Binding s F (cont.) (10) ceren t454ThresholdLocation Indicates wh ether the e vent occurred at the near or f ar end. (11) ceren t454ThresholdPeriod Indicates the sampling interv al period. (12) ceren t454ThresholdSetV alue The va lue of this object is ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 550

    16-16 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 16 SNMP 16.8 16.8 SNMP Community Names 16.8 SNMP Community Names Community names are used to group SNMP trap dest inations. All ONS 1545 4 trap destinations can be provisioned as part of SNMP communities in Cisc o T ransport Controller (CT C). When community names are assigned to trap ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 551

    16-17 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 16 SNMP 16.10 16.10.1 64-Bit RMON Monito ring over D CC Certain statistics measured on the ML card are mapped to standard MIB if one e xists else mapped to a non standard MIB v ariable. The naming con v ention used b y the standarad/non-stand ard MIB is not the same as the statistics ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 552

    16-18 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 16 SNMP 16.10 16.10.2 HC-RMON-MIB Support 16.10.1.2 Row Creation in cMediaIn dependentHistoryControlTable SNMP row creation and deletion for the cMediaInde pend entHistoryCont rolT able follows th e same processes as for the MediaIndependen tT able; only the v ariables dif fer . In or ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 553

    16-19 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 16 SNMP 16.10 16.10.4 History Control RMON Group 16.10.3.2 Get Requests and GetNext Requests Get reques ts and getNext reques ts for the ethe rSta tsMulticastPkts and etherS tatsBroadcastPkts columns return a v alue of zero because the variables ar e not supported b y ONS 15454 Ethern ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 554

    16-20 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 16 SNMP 16.10 16.10.5 Ethernet History RMON Group T o create a SetRequest PDU for the historyControl T able, the following valu es are required: • The historyControlDataSource and its d esired v alue • The historyControlBuck etsRequested and it desired v alue • The historyContro ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 555

    16-21 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 16 SNMP 16.10 16.10.6 Alarm RMON Group 16.10.6.1 Alarm Table The NMS uses the alarmT able to determine and pro vision network perfo rmance alarmable thresholds. 16.10.6.2 Row Creation in alarmTable T o create a ro w in the alarmT able, th e Se tRequest PDU must be able to create the r ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 556

    16-22 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 16 SNMP 16.10 16.10.6 Alarm RMON Group 16.10.6.3 Get Requests and GetNext Requests These PDUs are not restricted. 16.10.6.4 Row Deletion in alarmTable T o delete a row from the table, t he SetRequest PDU sh ould contain an alarmStatu s value of 4 (in valid). A deleted ro w can be recr ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 557

    16-23 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 16 SNMP 16.10 16.10.7 Event RMON Group 16.10.7 Event RMON Group The Event grou p controls e vent generati on and notif ica tion. It consis ts of two tables : the eventT able, which is a read-onl y list of e vents to b e generated, and the logT able, wh ich is a writable set of data de ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 558

    16-24 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Chapter 16 SNMP 16.10 16.10.7 Event RMON Group ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 559

    A-1 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 APPENDIX A Hardware Specifications Note The terms "Unidirection al Path Swit ched Ring" and "U PSR" may appear in Cisco liter ature. These terms do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15 xxx products in a unidirectio nal path switched ring conf iguration. Rather , these terms, as ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 560

    A-2 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardw are Specifications A.1 A.1.3 Cisco Transport Controller • Regenerator mode • Hubbed rings • Multihubbed rin gs • Point-to-point • Linear • Linear with optical add/dr op multiple xing (O ADM) A.1.3 Cisco Transport Controller CTC, the ONS 15454 craft interface softwa ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 561

    A-3 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardware Sp ecifications A.1 A.1.8 EIA Interface • Backplane access: Alarm pin fields A.1.8 EIA Interface The ONS 15454 EIA interface has the following specif ications: • SMB: AMP #415504-3 75 -ohm, 4-leg con nectors • BNC: T rompeter #UCBJ224 75-ohm 4 leg connector (King and ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 562

    A-4 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardw are Specifications A.2 A.1.13 Dimensions • Operating humidity: 5 to 95 percent, non condensing A.1.13 Dimensions The ONS 15454 shelf assembly has the foll owing dimen sions: • Height: 18.5 in. (4 0.7 cm) • W idth: 19 or 23 i n. (41.8 or 50.6 cm) with mounting ears attache ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 563

    A-5 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardware Sp ecifications A.2 A.2 SFP, XFP, and GBIC Specifications 15454-SFP-GE+-LX=/ 15454E-SFP-GE+-LX= FC (1 and 2 Gbps), FICON, GE, HDTV –9.5 to –3 –20 to –3 (1 FC, 1GE, and 2 FC) ONS-SE-200-MM= ESCON –20.5 t o –15 –14 to –29 1 ONS-SE-G2F-SX= Fibre Channel (1 and ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 564

    A-6 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardw are Specifications A.3 A.3 General Card Specifications A.3 General Card Specifications This section pro vides po wer specificat ions and temperature ranges for all ONS 1545 4 cards. A.3.1 Power Ta b l e A - 2 provides po wer consumption informati on for the ONS 15454 cards. 154 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 565

    A-7 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardware Sp ecifications A.3 A.3.1 Po wer Electrical Cards EC1-12 36.60 0.76 124.88 DS1-14 12.60 0.26 43.0 DS1N-14 12.60 0.26 43.0 DS1/E1-56 36.00 0.75 12 2.84 DS3-12 38.20 0.79 130.34 DS3/EC1-48 45 0.94 153.6 DS3N-12 38.20 0.79 130.34 DS3i-N-12 30 0.63 102.4 DS3-12E 26 0.54 88.7 DS ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 566

    A-8 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardw are Specifications A.3 A.3.2 Temperatur e A.3.2 Temperature Ta b l e A - 3 provides temperature ranges and p roduct names for ONS 15454 cards. Note The I-T emp symbol is displayed on the f aceplate of an I-T emp compliant card. A card without this symbol is C-T emp compliant. E ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 567

    A-9 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardware Sp ecifications A.3 A.3.2 Tempe rature Electrical EC1-12 15454-EC1-12 15454-EC1-12-T DS1-14 15454-DS1-14 15454-DS1-14-T DS1N-14 15454-DS1 N-14 15454-DS1N-14 -T DS1/E1-56 — 15454-DS1E1-56 DS3-12 15454-DS3-12 15454-DS3-12-T DS3/EC1-48 — 15454-DS3_EC1 -48 DS3N-12 15454-DS3 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 568

    A-10 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardw are Specifications A.4 A.4 Common Control Card Specifications A.4 Common Control Card Specifications This section provides specifications for t he TCC2, TCC2P , XCVT , XC10G, XC-VXC-10G, an d AIC-I cards. For compli ance information, refer to the Cisco Optical T ransport Produ ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 569

    A-11 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardware Sp ecifications A.4 A.4.2 T CC2P Card Specifications – Interface: EIA/TIA-232 (local craft access, on TCC2 faceplate) – Interface: 10BaseT LAN (on TCC2 faceplate) – Interface: 10BaseT LAN (through the backplan e) • Synchronization – Stratum 3, per T elcordia GR-2 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 570

    A-12 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardw are Specifications A.4 A.4.3 XCVT Card Specifications – Underv oltage: Major alarm – Overv oltage: Major alarm • En vironmental – Operating temperature: –40 t o +149 degrees F ahrenheit (–40 t o +65 degrees Cels ius) – Operating humidity: 5 to 95 percent, non con ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 571

    A-13 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardware Sp ecifications A.4 A.4.5 XC-VXC - 10G Card Specificat ions A.4.5 XC-VXC-10G Card Specifications The XC-VXC-10G card has th e follo wing specif ication s: • En vironmental – Operating temperature: I-T emp (15454-XC-VXC-10G-T): –40 t o 149 degrees F ahrenheit (–40 t ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 572

    A-14 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardw are Specifications A.4 A.4.7 AEP Specifications – Dual tone multifrequenc y (DTMF) signaling • User data ch annel (UDC) – Bit rate: 64 kbps, bidirectional – ITU-T G.703 – Input/output i mpedance: 120 ohm – T ermination: RJ-11 connectors • Data communication s cha ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 573

    A-15 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardware Sp ecifications A.5 A.5 Electrical Ca rd Specifications – Number of outputs: 16 – Switched by opto MOS – T riggered b y definable alarm condit ion – Maximum allo wed open circuit v oltage: 60 VDC – Maximum allo wed closed ci rcuit current: 100 mA – T ermin atio ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 574

    A-16 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardw are Specifications A.5 A.5.2 DS1-14 and DS1N-14 Card Specifications – T e rmination: Unbala nced coaxial cable – Input impedan ce: 75 ohms +/–5 percent – Cable loss: Max 450 feet 734A, RG-59, 728A/Max 79 f eet RG-179 – AIS: TR-TSY -000191 compliant – Po wer lev el: ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 575

    A-17 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardware Sp ecifications A.5 A.5.3 DS1/ E1-56 Card Specifications – T e rmination: W ire-wrap, AMP Champ – Input impedan ce: 100 ohms – Cable loss: M ax 655 feet ABAM #22 A W G – AIS: TR-TSY -000191 compliant – Po wer le vel: 12.5 to 1 7.9 dBm centered at 77 2 KH z, –16 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 576

    A-18 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardw are Specifications A.5 A.5.4 DS3/EC 1-48 Card Specifications – Bit rate: 1.544 Mbps ± 3 2 ppm (DS-1); 2.048 Mbps ±50pp m (E1) – Frame format: Of f, SF (D4), ESF (DS-1); E1 multiframe, E1 CRC multi frame, and unframed (ITU) (E1) – Line code: AMI, B8ZS (DS-1); HDB3 (E1) ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 577

    A-19 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardware Sp ecifications A.5 A.5.5 DS3-12 and DS3N-12 Card Specifications – Bit rate: 44.736 Mb ps +/– 20 ppm – Frame format: DS-3 ANSI T1.107-1988 – Line code: B3ZS – T e rmination: Unbala nced coaxial cable – Input impedan ce: 75 ohms +/–5 percent – Cable loss: Ma ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 578

    A-20 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardw are Specifications A.5 A.5.6 DS3i-N-12 Card Specifications • Output – Bit rate: 44.736 Mb ps +/– 20 ppm – Frame format: DS-3 ANSI T1.107-1988 – Line code: B3ZS – T e rmination: Unbala nced coaxial cable – Input impedan ce: 75 ohms +/–5 percent – Cable loss: M ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 579

    A-21 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardware Sp ecifications A.5 A.5.7 DS3-12E and DS3N-12E Card Specifications – T e rmination: Unbala nced coaxial cable – Input impedan ce: 75 ohms +/– 5 percent – Cable loss: Maximum 137 m (450 ft ): 734A, RG59, 728A Maximum 24 m (79 ft): RG179 – AIS: ITU-T G.704 complian ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 580

    A-22 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardw are Specifications A.5 A.5.7 DS3-12E a nd DS3N-12E Card Specificatio ns – Frame format: DS-3 ANSI T1.107-1988 – Line code: B3ZS – T e rmination: Unbala nced coaxial cable – Input impedan ce: 75 ohms +/–5 percent – Cable loss: Max 450 feet 734A, RG-59, 728A/Max 79 f ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 581

    A-23 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardware Sp ecifications A.5 A. 5.8 DS3X M-12 Ca rd Speci fications A.5.8 DS3XM-12 Card Specifications The DS3XM-12 card has the fol lowing specifications: • Input – Bit rate: 44.736 Mb ps +/–20 ppm – Frame format: DS-3 ANSI T1.107-1988 – Line code: B3ZS – T e rmination ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 582

    A-24 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardw are Specifications A.5 A.5.9 DS3X M-6 Card Specifications A.5.9 DS3XM-6 Card Specifications The DS3XM-6 card has the follo wing specif ications: • Input – Bit rate: 44.736 Mb ps +/–20 ppm – Frame format: DS-3 ANSI T1.107-1988 – Line code: B3ZS – T e rmination: Unba ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 583

    A-25 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardware Sp ecifications A.6 A.5.10 FILL ER Card Specificat ions A.5.10 FILLER Card Specifications The FILLER cards hav e the follo wing spec if ications: • En vironmental – Operating temperature: C-T emp: -40 to +149 de gree F ahrenheit (-40 to +65 de grees Celsius) – Operat ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 584

    A-26 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardw are Specifications A.6 A.6.2 OC3 IR/STM1SH 1310- 8 Card Specifications – Extinction Ratio: 8 .2 dB – Dispersion Ratio: 96 ps/nm • Receiv er – Maximum recei ver l ev el: –8 dBm at BER 1 * 10 exp – 12 – Minimum recei ver le vel: –28 dBm at BER 1 * 10 e xp – 12 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 585

    A-27 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardware Sp ecifications A.6 A.6.3 OC12 IR/STM 4 SH 1310 Card Specifications – Dispersion tolerance: 96 ps/nm • Receiv er – Maximum recei ver l ev el: –8 dBm at BER 1 * 10 exp – 12 – Minimum recei ver le vel: –28 dBm at BER 1 * 10 e xp – 12 – Receiv er: InGaAs /In ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 586

    A-28 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardw are Specifications A.6 A.6.4 OC12 LR/STM4 LH 1310 Card Specifications – Minimum recei ver le vel: –28 dBm at BER 1 * 10 e xp – 12 – Receiv er: InGa As /InP photode tector – Link loss budget : 13 dB – Receiv er input w av elength range: 12 74 to 1356 nm – Jitter t ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 587

    A-29 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardware Sp ecifications A.6 A.6.5 OC12 LR/S TM4 LH 1550 Card Specifications – Link loss budget : 25 dB – Receiv er input w av elength range: 12 80 to 1335 nm – Jitter tolerance: T elcordia GR-253/ITU-T G.823 compliant • En vironmental – Operating temperature: C-T emp (15 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 588

    A-30 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardw are Specifications A.6 A.6.6 OC12 IR/STM4 SH 1310-4 Specifications • En vironmental – Operating temperature: C-T emp (15454-OC121LR155 0): +23 to +131 de grees F ahrenheit (–5 to +55 de grees Celsius) I-T emp (15454-OC121L15-T): –40 to +149 degrees F ahrenheit (–40 t ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 589

    A-31 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardware Sp ecifications A.6 A.6.7 OC48 IR 1310 Card Specifications • Operating humidity – 5 to 95 percent, non condensing • Dimensions – Height: 12.650 in. (321.3 mm) – W idth: 0.716 in . (18.2 mm) – Depth: 9.000 in. (2 28.6 mm) – W eight not including clam shell: 1. ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 590

    A-32 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardw are Specifications A.6 A.6.8 OC48 LR 1550 Card Specifications – Height: 12.650 in. (321.3 mm) – W idth: 0.716 in . (18.2 mm) – Depth: 9.000 in. (2 28.6 mm) – W eight not including clam shell: 1.8 lb (0.8 k g) A.6.8 OC48 LR 1550 Card Specifications The OC48 LR 1550 card ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 591

    A-33 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardware Sp ecifications A.6 A.6.9 OC48 IR/STM16 SH AS 1310 Card Specifications A.6.9 OC48 IR/STM16 SH AS 1310 Card Specifications The OC48 IR/STM16 SH AS 1310 card has the fo llo wing specif ications: • Line – Bit rate : 2.49 Gbp s – Code: Scrambled NRZ – Fiber: 1310-nm si ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 592

    A-34 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardw are Specifications A.6 A.6.11 OC48 ELR/STM 16 EH 100 GHz Card Specifications – Bit rate : 2.49 Gbp s – Code: Scrambled NRZ – Fiber: 1550-nm singl e-mode – Loopback modes: T erminal and facility – Connectors: SC – Compliance: T elcordia GR-253-CORE, ITU-T G.707, ITU ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 593

    A-35 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardware Sp ecifications A.6 A.6.12 OC48 EL R 200 GHz Card Specificat ions – Connectors: SC – Compliance: T elcordia GR-253-CORE, ITU-T G.692, ITU-T G. 958 • T ransmitter – Maximum transmitter output power: 0 dBm – Minimum transmitter outpu t po wer: –2 dBm – Center w ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 594

    A-36 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardw are Specifications A.6 A.6.13 OC192 SR/STM 64 IO 1310 Card Specifications – Center wa veleng th accuracy: +/ – 0.25 nm – T ransmitter: Electro-abso rption laser – Dispersion tolerance: 3600 ps/nm • Receiv er – Maximum recei ver le vel: –8 dBm – Minimum recei ve ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 595

    A-37 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardware Sp ecifications A.6 A.6.14 OC192 IR/STM64 SH 1550 Card Specifications – Maximum recei ver l ev el: –1 dBm at BER 1 * 10 exp – 12 – Minimum recei ver le vel: –11 dBm at BER 1 * 10 e xp – 12 – Receiv er: PIN diode – Link loss budget: 5 dB minimum, p lus 1 dB ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 596

    A-38 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardw are Specifications A.6 A.6.15 OC192 LR/S TM64 LH 1550 Card Specifications – T ransmitter: Cooled EA (Europea n accreditation) modulated laser • Receiv er – Maximum recei ver l ev el: –1 dBm at BER 1 * 10 exp – 12 – Minimum recei ver le vel: –14 dBm at BER 1 * 10 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 597

    A-39 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardware Sp ecifications A.6 A.6.16 OC192 LR/STM64 LH ITU 15xx.xx Card Specifications – Minimum transmitter outpu t power: +7 dBm (15454-OC192LR15 50); +4 dBm (15454-OC192-LR2 ) – Center wa veleng th: 1530 to 1565 nm – Nominal w av elength: 155 0 nm – Maximum chromatic disp ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 598

    A-40 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardw are Specifications A.6 A.6.16 OC192 LR/STM64 LH ITU 15xx.xx Card Specifications In deployments with out a DCU: +/– 1200 ps/nm , with OSNR of 23 dB (0.5 nm RBW) – Loopback modes: T erminal and facility Note Y ou must use a 20-dB fiber attenuator (15 t o 25 dB) when working ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 599

    A-41 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardware Sp ecifications A.6 A.6.17 15454_M RC-12 Card Sp ecifications – 1538.98 +/– 0.040 n m, OC192 LR/STM64 LH ITU 1538. 98 – 1539.77 +/– 0.040 n m, OC192 LR/STM64 LH ITU 1539. 77 – 1540.56 +/– 0.040 n m, OC192 LR/STM64 LH ITU 1540. 56 ITU grid red band: – 1550.12 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 600

    A-42 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardw are Specifications A.6 A.6.18 OC192SR1/STM64I O Short Reach Card Specifications – Receiv er: PIN PD – Receiv er input w av elength range: Depends on SFP • En vironmental – Operating temperature: –40 t o +149 degrees F ahrenheit (–40 t o +65 degrees Cels ius) – Op ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 601

    A-43 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardware Sp ecifications A.6 A.6.19 OC192/STM64 Any Reach Card Spec ifications – Operating humidity: 5 to 95 percent, non condensing • Dimensions – Height: 12.650 in. (321.3 mm) – W idth: 0.716 in . (18.2 mm) – Depth: 9.000 in. (2 28.6 mm) – Depth with backplan e connec ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 602

    A-44 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardw are Specifications A.7 A.7 Ethernet Card Specifications A.7 Ethernet Card Specifications This section includes sp ecifi cations for the E100T -12, E100T -G, E1000-2, E1000-2-G, CE-1000-4, CE-100T -8, G1K-4, ML100T -12, ML1000-2, and ML100X-8 cards. For compli ance information, ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 603

    A-45 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardware Sp ecifications A.7 A.7.4 E100 0-2-G Card Specifications – Operating humidity: 5 to 95 percent, non condensing • Dimensions – Height: 12.650 in. (321.3 mm) – W idth: 0.716 in . (18.2 mm) – Depth: 9.000 in. (2 28.6 mm) – Card weight: 2.1 lb (0.9 kg) A.7.4 E1000- ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 604

    A-46 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardw are Specifications A.7 A.7.7 G1K-4 Card Specifications – Operating humidity: 0 to 95 percent, non condensing • Dimensions – Height: 12.650 in. (321.3 mm) – W idth: 0.913 in . (23.19 mm) – Depth: 9.073 in. (2 30.45 mm) – Card weight: 1.8 lb (0.82 kg) A.7.7 G1K-4 Car ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 605

    A-47 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardware Sp ecifications A.8 A.7.10 ML100X -8 Card Specifications – Operating humidity: 5 to 95 percent, non condensing • Dimensions – Height: 12.650 in. (321.3 mm) – W idth: 0.716 in . (18.2 mm) – Depth: 9.000 in. (2 28.6 mm) – Depth with backplan e connector: 9.250 in ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 606

    A-48 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix A Hardw are Specifications A.8 A.8.1 FC _MR-4 Card Specifications – Auto-detection • T ransmitter – Maximum transmitter output po wer: depends on GBIC type (see Ta b l e A - 1 ) – Minimum transmitter output p ower: depends on GBIC type (see Ta b l e A - 1 ) • Receiv er – M ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 607

    B-1 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 APPENDIX B Administrative and Service States This appendix describes admini strati ve and ser vice states for Cisco ONS 15454 cards, ports, and cross-connects. For circuit st ate information, refer to Chapter 11, “Circuits and T unnels. ” Entity states in Software Release 5.0 and later are ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 608

    B-2 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix B Administrative and Service States B.2 B.2 Administrative States B.2 Administrative States Administrati ve states ar e used to manage service st ates. Administrati ve states consist of a PST and an SST . Ta b l e B - 3 lists the administrati ve stat es supported by t he ONS 15454. See ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 609

    B-3 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix B Administrative and Service States B.3 B.3 Se rvice State Transitions B.3 Service State Transitions This section describes the tr ansition from one se rvice state to the ne xt for cards, ports, and cross-connects. A service state transition is based on the action performed on the ent ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 610

    B-4 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix B Administrative and Service States B.3 B.3.1 Card Service Sta te Transitions OOS-A U,AINS & SWDL Restart completed. IS-NR Remov e the car d. OOS-A U,AINS & UEQ OOS-A U,AINS & UEQ Insert a v alid card. OOS-A U,AINS & SWDL Insert an in v alid card. OO S-A U,AINS & M ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 611

    B-5 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix B Administrative and Service States B.3 B.3.2 Port and Cro ss-Connect Service State Tra nsitions B.3.2 Port and Cross-Connect Service State Transitions Ta b l e B - 5 lists the port and cross-connect service st ate transitions. Port states do not impact cross-connect states with one e ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 612

    B-6 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix B Administrative and Service States B.3 B.3.2 Port and Cr oss-Connect Service State Transitions T able B-5 ONS 1545 4 P or t and Cross- Connect Service State T ransitions Current Service State Action Next Service State IS-NR Put the port or cross-connect in the OOS,MT administrative st ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 613

    B-7 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix B Administrative and Service States B.3 B.3.2 Port and Cro ss-Connect Service State Tra nsitions OOS-A U,AINS & FL T & OOG Alarm/condition is cleared. OOS-A U,AINS or OOS-MA,MT • If an In Group member is IS-NR or OOS-A U,AINS, the member transitions t o OOS-A U,AINS • If a ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 614

    B-8 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix B Administrative and Service States B.3 B.3.2 Port and Cr oss-Connect Service State Transitions OOS-A UMA,FL T & LPBK & MT & OOG Release the loopback. OOS-A UMA,FL T & MT & OOG Alarm/condition is cleared. OOS-MT ,MT & OOG OOS-A UMA,FL T & MT Alarm/cond iti o ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 615

    B-9 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix B Administrative and Service States B.3 B.3.2 Port and Cro ss-Connect Service State Tra nsitions OOS-MA,DSBLD Put the port or cross-connect in the IS administrati ve state. IS-NR Put the port or cr oss-connect in the IS,AINS administrative state. OOS-A U,AINS Put the port or cr oss-co ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 616

    B-10 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix B Administrative and Service States B.3 B.3.2 Port and Cr oss-Connect Service State Transitions ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 617

    C-1 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 APPENDIX C Network Element Defaults Note The terms "Unidirection al Path Swit ched Ring" and "U PSR" may appear in Cisco liter ature. These terms do not refer to using Cisco ONS 15 xxx products in a unidirectio nal path switched ring conf iguration. Rather , these terms, as ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 618

    C-2 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2 Card Default Settings settings e xcept those relating to protecti on (1+1 bidirectional switching, 1+1 re v ersion time, 1+1 re verti v e switching, bidirectional line swi tched ring [BLSR] ring re versi on time, BLSR ring re verti ve switching, BLSR ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 619

    C-3 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.2 Threshold Defaults • Port—(FC_MR-4 cards only) Port line-le vel conf iguration, distance ext ension, and enhanced FC/FICON ISL settings. • Card—(DS1/E1-56, ML-series, and FC_ MR-4 cards) T ransport mode, operating mode, enable/disable reti ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 620

    C-4 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card Threshold defaults are def ined for near end and/or far end, at 15-minu te and one-day interv als. Thresholds are further broken do wn by type, such as Section, Line, STS, or VT for performance monitoring (PM) threshol ds, and TCA ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 621

    C-5 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card DS1.pmthresholds.line.nearend.1day .CV 133400 (BPV count) 0 - 133315200 DS1.pmthresholds.line.nearend.1day .ES 648 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS1.pmthresholds.line.nearend.1day .LOSS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS1.pmthresholds.line.nearend. ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 622

    C-6 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card DS1.pmthresholds.sts.f arend.15min.CV 15 (B3 count) 0 - 2160000 DS1.pmthresholds.sts.farend.1 5 min.ES 12 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS1.pmthresholds.sts.farend.1 5min.FC 10 (count) 0 - 72 DS1.pmthresholds.sts.farend.1 5min.SES 3 (seconds) ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 623

    C-7 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card C.2.3.2 DS1/E1-56 Card Default Settings Ta b l e C - 2 lists the DS1/E1-56 card d efault setting s. T able C-2 DS1/E1 -56 Card Def ault Set tings Default Name Default V alue Default Domain DS1-E1-56.conf ig.Operat ingMode All DS1 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 624

    C-8 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card DS1-E1-56.DS1-POR T .pmthresholds.ds1network .farend.15min.SESNE 10 ( seconds) 0 - 900 DS1-E1-56.DS1-POR T .pmthresholds.ds1network .farend.15min.U ASFE 10 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS1-E1-56.DS1-POR T .pmthresholds.ds1network .farend.15mi ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 625

    C-9 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card DS1-E1-56.DS1-POR T .pmthresholds.path.farend .1day .CV 132960 (BIP count) 0 - 27561600 DS1-E1-56.DS1-POR T .pmthresholds.path.farend .1day .ES 648 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS1-E1-56.DS1-POR T .pmthresholds.path.farend .1day .ESA 25 ( ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 626

    C-10 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card DS1-E1-56.DS1-POR T .pmthresholds.sts.faren d.1day .SES 7 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS1-E1-56.DS1-POR T .pmthresholds.sts.faren d.1day .U AS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS1-E1-56.DS1-POR T .pmthresholds.sts.nearend.15min.ES 12 (seconds) 0 - ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 627

    C-11 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card DS1-E1-56.E1-POR T .config.SaBit SA Bit 4 S A Bit 4, SA Bit 5, SA Bit 6, SA Bit 7, SA Bit 8 DS1-E1-56.E1-POR T .conf ig.SDBER 1E-7 1E-5, 1E-6, 1E-7, 1E-8, 1E-9 DS1-E1-56.E1-POR T .config.Sen dDoNotUse F ALSE TR UE, F ALSE DS1-E1 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 628

    C-12 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card DS1-E1-56.E1-POR T .pmthresholds.sts.farend.1day .ES 100 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS1-E1-56.E1-POR T .pmthresholds.sts.farend.1day .FC 40 (count) 0 - 6912 DS1-E1-56.E1-POR T .pmthresholds.sts.farend.1day .SES 7 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS1- ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 629

    C-13 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card C.2.3.3 DS-3 Card Default Settings Ta b l e C - 3 lists the DS-3 card def ault settings. T able C-3 DS-3 Card Def ault Settings Default Name Default Value Default Domain DS3.conf ig.AINSSoakT ime 08:00 (hours:mins) 00:00, 00:15, ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 630

    C-14 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card C.2.3.4 DS3/EC1-48 Card Default Settings Ta b l e C - 4 lists the DS3/EC1-48 card defa ult settings. DS3.pmthresholds.sts.nearend. 1day .SES 7 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS3.pmthresholds.sts.nearend. 1day .U AS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 T a ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 631

    C-15 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card DS3-EC1-48.DS3-POR T .pmthresholds.cpbitpath.nearend.15min.SA S 2 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3-EC1-48.DS3-POR T .pmthresholds.cpbitpath.nearend.15min.SES 4 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3-EC1-48.DS3-POR T .pmthresholds.cpbitpath.nearend.15min.U ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 632

    C-16 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card DS3-EC1-48.DS3-POR T .pmthresholds.sts.farend.15min.SES 3 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3-EC1-48.DS3-POR T .pmthresholds.sts.farend.15mi n.U AS 10 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3-EC1-48.DS3-POR T .pmthresholds.sts.farend.1day .CV 125 (G1 count) 0 - 2 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 633

    C-17 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card DS3-EC1-48.EC1-POR T .pmthresholds.line.farend.1day .SES 4 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS3-EC1-48.EC1-POR T .pmthresholds.line.farend.1 day .U AS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS3-EC1-48.EC1-POR T .pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.CV 1312 (B2 c ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 634

    C-18 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card C.2.3.5 DS3E Card Default Settings Ta b l e C - 5 lists the DS3E card defau lt settings. DS3-EC1-48.EC1-POR T .pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min .U AS 10 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3-EC1-48.EC1-POR T .pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1day .CV 125 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 635

    C-19 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card DS3E.pmthresholds.cpbitp ath.farend.1 day .CV 3820 (BIP count) 0 - 27561600 DS3E.pmthresholds.cpbitp ath.farend .1day .ES 250 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS3E.pmthresholds.cpbitp ath.farend .1day .SAS 8 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS3E.pmthresh ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 636

    C-20 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card C.2.3.6 DS3I Card Default Settings Ta b l e C - 6 lists the DS3I card defa ult settings. DS3E.pmthresholds.pbitp ath.nearend.1day .U AS 10 (seconds) 0 - 8640 0 DS3E.pmthresholds.sts.f arend.15 min.CV 15 (G1 count) 0 - 2160000 DS3E ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 637

    C-21 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card DS3I.pmthresholds.cpbitpath.f arend.15min.ESCP 25 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3I.pmthresholds.cpbitp ath.farend.15min.SASCP 2 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3I.pmthresholds.cpbitpath.f arend.15min.SESCP 4 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3I.pmthresholds.cpbitp ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 638

    C-22 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card C.2.3.7 DS3XM-6 Card Default Settings Ta b l e C - 7 lists the DS3XM-6 card defaul t settings. DS3I.pmthresholds.pbit path.nearend.1day .UASP 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS3I.pmthresholds.sts.f arend.15min.CV 15 (G1 count) 0 - 2160000 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 639

    C-23 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card DS3XM.pmthresholds.cpbitpat h.fare nd.1 5min.ES 25 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3XM.pmthresholds.cpbitpat h.fa rend.15min .SAS 2 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3XM.pmthresholds.cpbitpat h.fa rend.15min.SES 4 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3XM.pmthresholds.cpb ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 640

    C-24 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card DS3XM.pmthresholds.line.nearend.1day .CV 3865 (BPV count) 0 - 3715200 DS3XM.pmthresholds.line.nearend.1day .ES 250 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS3XM.pmthresholds.line.nearend.1day .LOSS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS3XM.pmthresholds.line.neare ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 641

    C-25 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card C.2.3.8 DS3XM-12 Card Default Settings Ta b l e C - 8 lists the DS3XM-12 card def ault settings. DS3XM.pmthresholds.vt.f arend.15min.CV 15 (BIP8 count) 0 - 2160000 DS3XM.pmthresholds.vt.f arend.15min.ES 12 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3X ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 642

    C-26 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card DS3XM12.pmthresholds.cpbi tpath.farend.15 min.SAS 2 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3XM12.pmthresholds.cpbi tpath.farend.15 min.SES 4 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3XM12.pmthresholds.cpbi tpath.farend.15 min.U AS 10 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3XM12.pmthreshol ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 643

    C-27 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card DS3XM12.pmthresholds.ds1p ath.far end.15min.ES 65 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3XM12.pmthresholds.ds1p ath.far end.15min.ESA 25 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3XM12.pmthresholds.ds1p ath.far end.15min.ESB 25 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3XM12.pmthresholds.d ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 644

    C-28 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card DS3XM12.pmthresholds.li ne.nearen d.1d ay .SES 40 (seconds) 0 - 86400 DS3XM12.pmthresholds.pb itpath.nearend.15min.AISS 10 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3XM12.pmthresholds.pb itpath.nearen d.15mi n.CV 382 (BIP count) 0 - 2 87100 DS3XM12.pmt ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 645

    C-29 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card C.2.3.9 EC1-12 Card Default Settings Ta b l e C - 9 lists the EC1-12 card def ault settings. DS3XM12.pmthresholds.vt .farend.15min.U AS 10 (seconds) 0 - 900 DS3XM12.pmthresholds.vt .farend.1day .CV 125 (BIP8 cou nt) 0 - 20736000 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 646

    C-30 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card EC1.pmthresholds.line.f arend.1day .UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 EC1.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15mi n.CV 1312 (B2 count) 0 - 137700 EC1.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15min.ES 87 (seconds) 0 - 900 EC1.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15mi n.FC ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 647

    C-31 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card C.2.3.10 FC_MR-4 Card Default Settings Ta b l e C - 1 0 lists the FC_MR-4 card def ault settings. EC1.pmthresholds.sts1.near end.1day .PJCDIFF 5760 (count) 0 - 1382400000 EC1.pmthresholds.sts1.near end.1day .PJCS-PDET 9600 (seco ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 648

    C-32 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card C.2.3.11 Ethernet Card Default Settings Ta b l e C - 1 1 lists the G1000 (G1K-4), ML1000, ML10 0T , ML-100X-8, and CE-100T -8 card default settings. FC-MR.conf ig.port.enhancedFibreChannelFic on.I ngressIdleFiltering TRUE TR UE, F ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 649

    C-33 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card C.2.3.12 OC-3 Card Default Settings Ta b l e C - 1 2 lists the OC-3 (OC3 IR 4/STM1 SH 1310) card default settings. T able C-12 OC-3 Card Def ault Set tings Default Name Default V alue Default Domain OC3.config.li ne.AdminSSMIn S ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 650

    C-34 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card OC3.pmthresholds.lin e.nearend.1day .SES 4 (seconds) 0 - 86400 OC3.pmthresholds.lin e.nearend.1day .UAS 10 (seconds) 0 - 8640 0 OC3.pmthresholds.secti on.nearend.15min.CV 10000 (B1 count) 0 - 138600 OC3.pmthresholds.section.n eare ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 651

    C-35 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card C.2.3.13 OC3-8 Card Default Settings Ta b l e C - 1 3 lists the eight-port OC3- 8 (OC3 IR/STM1 SH 1310 -8) card default setti ngs. OC3.pmthresholds.st s3c.nearend.15min.FC 10 (count) 0 - 72 OC3.pmthresholds.st s3c.nearend.15min. ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 652

    C-36 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card OC3-8.conf ig.line.AlsReco veryPuls eI nterv al 100 (seconds) 60 - 300 OC3-8.conf ig.line.PJStsMon# 0 (STS #) 0 - 3 OC3-8.config.line.SDBER 1E-7 1E-5, 1E-6, 1E-7, 1E-8 , 1E-9 OC3-8.conf ig.line.Send<FF>DoNotUse F A LSE F ALS ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 653

    C-37 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card OC3-8.pmthresholds.line.f arend.15min.ES 87 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC3-8.pmth resholds.line.farend.15 min.FC 10 (count) 0 - 72 OC3-8.pmthresholds.line.f arend.15min.SES 1 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC3-8.pmthresholds.line.f arend.15min.U AS 3 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 654

    C-38 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card OC3-8.pmthresholds.sts1.near end.15 min.PJCD IFF 60 (count) 0 - 14400000 OC3-8.pmthresholds.sts1.near end.15 min.PJCS-PDET 100 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC3-8.pmthresholds.sts1.near end.15 min.PJCS-PGEN 100 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC3-8.pmthres ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 655

    C-39 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card C.2.3.14 OC-12 Card Default Settings Ta b l e C - 1 4 lists the OC-12 (OC12 IR/STM4 SH 131 0, OC12 LR/STM4 LH 1310, and OC12 LR/STM4 LH 1550) card defaul t settings. OC3-8.pmthresholds.sts3c.nearend.1da y .PJCDIFF 5760 (count) 0 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 656

    C-40 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card OC12.pmthresholds.line.nearen d.15min.CV 5315 (B2 count) 0 - 552600 OC12.pmthresholds.line.nearen d.15min.ES 87 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC12.pmthresholds.line.nearen d.15min.FC 10 (count) 0 - 72 OC12.pmthresholds.line.nearen d.15min.PSC ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 657

    C-41 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card OC12.pmthresholds.sts1.nearen d.15min.SES 3 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC12.pmthresholds.sts1.nearen d. 15min.U AS 10 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC12.pmthresholds.sts1.nearen d.1d ay .CV 125 (B3 count) 0 - 207360000 OC12.pmthresholds.sts1.nearen ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 658

    C-42 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card C.2.3.15 OC12-4 Card Default Settings Ta b l e C - 1 5 lists the four -port OC12-4 (OC12 IR/STM4 SH 1310-4) card defa ult settings. OC12.pmthresholds.sts 12 c.nearend.1day .SES 7 (seconds) 0 - 8 6400 OC12.pmthresholds.sts12 c.near ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 659

    C-43 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card OC12-4.conf ig.line.SDBER 1E-7 1E-5, 1E-6, 1E-7, 1E-8, 1E-9 OC12-4.conf ig.line.Send<FF>DoNotUse F A LSE F ALSE when SendDoNotUse TR UE; F ALSE, TR UE when SendDoNotUse FA L S E OC12-4.conf ig.line.SendDoNotUse F ALSE F AL ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 660

    C-44 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card OC12-4.pmthresholds .section.nearend.15min.CV 10000 (B1 count) 0 - 553500 OC12-4.pmthresholds.secti on.nearend.15min.ES 500 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC12-4.pmthresholds.secti on.nearend.15min.SEFS 500 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC12-4.pmthreshold ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 661

    C-45 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card OC12-4.pmthresholds. sts12c.nearend.15min.NPJC-PGEN 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 OC12-4.pmthresholds. sts12c.nearend.15min.PJCDIFF 60 (count) 0 - 14400000 OC12-4.pmthresholds.sts12c.nearend .15min.PJCS-PDET 100 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC12- ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 662

    C-46 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card C.2.3.16 OC-48 Card Default Settings Ta b l e C - 1 6 lists the OC-48 (OC48 IR 1310, OC48 LR 1550, OC48 IR/STM16 SH AS 1310, OC48 LR/STM16 LH AS 1550, OC48 ELR /STM16 EH 100 GHz, and OC48 ELR 20 0 GHz) card default settings. OC12- ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 663

    C-47 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card OC48.pmthresholds.line.f arend.15min.FC 10 (count) 0 - 72 OC48.pmthresholds.line.f arend.15min.SES 1 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC48.pmthresholds.line.f arend.15min.U AS 3 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC48.pmthresholds.line.f arend.1day .CV 212600 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 664

    C-48 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card OC48.pmthresholds.section .nearend.15min.SEFS 500 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC48.pmthresholds.section .nearend.15min.SES 500 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC48.pmthresholds.section .nearend.1day .CV 100000 (B1 count) 0 - 206582400 OC48.pmthresholds.s ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 665

    C-49 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card OC48.pmthresholds.sts12c- 48c.nearend .15min.PJCS-PDET 100 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC48.pmthresholds.sts12c- 48c.nearend .15min.PJCS-PGEN 100 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC48.pmthresholds.sts12c- 48c.nearend .15min.PPJC-PDET 60 (count) 0 - 7200 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 666

    C-50 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card C.2.3.17 OC-192 Card Default Settings Ta b l e C - 1 7 lists the OC-192 (OC192 SR/STM64 IO 1310, OC19 2 LR/STM64 LH ITU 15xx.xx, OC192 IR/STM64 SH 1550, and OC192 LR/STM6 4 LH 1550) card defaul t settings. OC48.pmthresholds.sts3c- ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 667

    C-51 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card OC192.physicalthresh olds .alarm.OPR-HIGH 200 (%) OPR-LOW , OPR-LO W + 1.0, OPR-LO W + 2.0 .. 255.0 OC192.physicalthresh olds.alarm.OPR -LO W 50 (%) 0.0, 1.0, 2.0 .. OPR-HIGH OC192.physicalthresh olds.alarm.OPT -H IGH 120 (%) OP ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 668

    C-52 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card OC192.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15mi n.PSC-R 1 (count) 0 - 600 OC192.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15mi n.PSC-S 1 (count) 0 - 600 OC192.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15mi n.PSC-W 1 (count) 0 - 600 OC192.pmthresholds.line.nearend.15mi n.PS ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 669

    C-53 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card OC192.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.PJCS- PDET 100 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC192.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.PJCS- PGEN 100 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC192.pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.1 5min.PPJC-PDET 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 OC192.pmthresh ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 670

    C-54 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card OC192.pmthresholds.sts12c-192c.nearend. 1day .PJCS-PDET 9600 (seconds) 0 - 691200000 OC192.pmthresholds.sts12c-192c.nearend. 1day .PJCS-PGEN 9600 (seconds) 0 - 86400 OC192.pmthresholds.sts12c-192c.nearend. 1day .PPJC-PDET 5760 (co ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 671

    C-55 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card C.2.3.18 OC192-XFP Default Settings Ta b l e C - 1 8 lists the OC192-XFP def ault settings. T able C-1 8 OC192-XFP Def ault Set tings Default Name Default V alue Default Domain OC192-XFP .config.line.AINSSoakT ime 08:00 (hours:m ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 672

    C-56 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card OC192-XFP .physicalthresholds.warning.15min.OP T -HIGH 120 (%) OPT -LO W , OPT -LO W + 1.0, OPT -LO W + 2.0 .. 255.0 OC192-XFP .physicalthresholds.warning. 15min.OPT -LO W 80 (%) 0.0, 1.0, 2.0 .. OPT -HIGH OC192-XFP .physicalthres ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 673

    C-57 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card OC192-XFP .pmthresholds.line.nearend.1d ay .FC 40 (count) 0 - 6912 OC192-XFP .pmthresholds.line.nearend.1d ay .PSC 5 (count) 0 - 57600 OC192-XFP .pmthresholds.line.nearend.1d ay .PSC-R 5 (count) 0 - 57600 OC192-XFP .pmthresholds ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 674

    C-58 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card OC192-XFP .pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.PJCS-PGEN 100 (seconds) 0 - 7200000 OC192-XFP .pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.PPJC-PDET 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 OC192-XFP .pmthresholds.sts1.nearend.15min.PPJC-PGEN 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 675

    C-59 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card OC192-XFP .pmthresholds.sts12c-192c.nearend.15mi n.PPJC-PGEN 60 (count) 0 - 7200000 OC192-XFP .pmthresholds.sts12c-192c.nearend.15min.SES 3 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC192-XFP .pmthresholds.sts12c-192c.nearend.15mi n.U AS 10 (seconds) 0 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 676

    C-60 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card C.2.3.19 MRC-12 Card Default Settings Ta b l e C - 1 9 lists the MRC -12 card default settings. OC192-XFP .pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.nearend.15min.U AS 10 (seconds) 0 - 900 OC192-XFP .pmthresholds.sts3c-9c.neare nd.1day .CV 250 (B3 co ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 677

    C-61 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card MRC-12.config.oc12.line.Sy ncMsgIn TR UE F ALSE, TR UE MRC-12.conf ig.oc12.sts.IPPMEnabled F ALSE TRUE, F ALSE MRC-12.conf ig.oc3.line.AINSSoakT ime 08:00 (hours:mins) 00:00, 00:15, 00:30 .. 48:00 MRC-12.config.oc3.line.AlsMo de ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 678

    C-62 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card MRC-12.conf ig.oc48.line. State IS,AINS IS, OOS,DSBLD, OOS,MT , IS,AINS MRC-12.config.oc48.line.Sy ncMsgIn TR UE F A LSE, TR UE MRC-12.config.oc48.sts.IPPME nabled F ALSE TR UE, F ALSE MRC-12.physic althresholds.oc 12.alarm.LB C-H ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 679

    C-63 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card MRC-12.physicalthreshold s.oc3.warning.15mi n.LBC-HIGH 200 (%) LBC-LO W , LBC-LOW + 1.0, LBC-LO W + 2.0 .. 255.0 MRC-12.physicalthresholds.oc3 .warning.15min.LBC-LO W 20 (%) 0.0, 1.0, 2.0 .. LBC-HIGH MRC-12.physicalthreshold s.o ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 680

    C-64 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card MRC-12.physic althresholds.oc48 .warning.1day .OPR-H IGH 200 (%) OPR-LO W , OPR-LO W + 1.0, OPR-LO W + 2.0 .. 255.0 MRC-12.physic althresholds .oc48.warning.1d ay .OPR-LOW 50 (%) 0.0, 1.0, 2.0 .. OPR-HIGH MRC-12.physicalthresholds ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 681

    C-65 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card MRC-12.pmthresholds.oc12.secti on.nearend.15min .SES 500 (seconds) 0 - 900 MRC-12.pmthresholds.oc12.secti on.nearend.1day .CV 100000 (B1 count) 0 - 53136000 MRC-12.pmthresholds.oc12.secti on.near end.1d ay .ES 5000 (seconds) 0 - ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 682

    C-66 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card MRC-12.pmthresholds.oc12.sts1.nearend . 1day .PPJC-PGEN 5760 (count) 0 - 691200000 MRC-12.pmthresholds.oc12.sts1.neare nd.1day .SES 7 (seconds) 0 - 86400 MRC-12.pmthresholds.oc12.sts1.neare nd.1day .U AS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 MRC ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 683

    C-67 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card MRC-12.pmthresholds.oc12.sts12 c.nearend.1day .U AS 10 (seconds) 0 - 86400 MRC-12.pmthresholds.oc12.sts3c-9c.f arend.15min.CV 25 (B3 count) 0 - 2160000 MRC-12.pmthresholds.oc12.sts3c-9c.f arend.15min.ES 20 (seconds) 0 - 900 MRC- ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 684

    C-68 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card MRC-12.pmthresholds.oc3.line.f arend.15min.ES 87 (seconds) 0 - 900 MRC-12.pmthresholds.oc3.line.f arend.15min.FC 10 (count) 0 - 72 MRC-12.pmthresholds.oc3.line.f arend.15min.SES 1 (seconds) 0 - 900 MRC-12.pmthresholds.oc3.line.f a ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 685

    C-69 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card MRC-12.pmthresholds.oc3.sts1.f arend.1day .CV 125 (B3 count) 0 - 207360000 MRC-12.pmthresholds.oc3.sts1.f arend.1day .ES 100 (seconds) 0 - 86400 MRC-12.pmthresholds.oc3.sts1.f arend.1day .FC 40 (count) 0 - 6912 MRC-12.pmthreshol ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 686

    C-70 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card MRC-12.pmthresholds.oc3.sts3c .farend.1day .FC 40 (count) 0 - 6912 MRC-12.pmthresholds.oc3.sts3c .farend.1day .SES 7 (seconds) 0 - 86400 MRC-12.pmthresholds.oc3.sts3c .farend.1day .U AS 10 ( seconds) 0 - 8640 0 MRC-12.pmthresholds ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 687

    C-71 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card MRC-12.pmthresholds.oc48.lin e.farend.1day .U AS 10 (s econds) 0 - 86400 MRC-12.pmthresholds.oc48.lin e.nearend.15min.CV 21260 (B2 count) 0 - 2212200 MRC-12.pmthresholds.oc48.lin e.near end.15min.ES 87 (seconds) 0 - 900 MRC-12.p ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 688

    C-72 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.2 C.2.3 Defaults by Card MRC-12.pmthresholds.oc48.sts1.f arend.15min.ES 12 (seconds) 0 - 900 MRC-12.pmthresholds.oc48.sts1.f arend.15min.FC 10 (count) 0 - 72 MRC-12.pmthresholds.oc48.sts1.f arend.15min.SES 3 (seconds) 0 - 900 MRC-12.pmthresholds.oc48.sts1 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 689

    C-73 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.2 C.2.3 D efaults by Card MRC-12.pmthresholds.oc48.sts12c-48c.f arend.15min.SES 3 (seconds) 0 - 900 MRC-12.pmthresholds.oc48.sts12 c-48c.farend.15min.U AS 10 (seconds) 0 - 900 MRC-12.pmthresholds.oc48.sts12 c-48c.farend.1day .CV 750 (B3 count) 0 - 207360 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 690

    C-74 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.3 C.3 Node Default Settings C.3 Node Default Settings T able C-20 on page C-76 lists the no de-lev el defa ult settings for the Cisco ONS 15454. Cisco pro vides the follo wing user -conf igurable defaults for each Cisco ONS 15454 node: • Circuit setting ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 691

    C-75 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.3 C.3 Node Default Settings • General s ettings— Set general n ode manage ment defaults, including whether to u se Daylight Savings T ime (DST), whether to insert Alarm Indi cation Signal VT (AIS-V) in each VT when the carrying STS crosses the signal ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 692

    C-76 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.3 C.3 Node Default Settings • BITS T iming settings—Set th e AIS threshold, Admin SSM, coding, f acility type, framin g, state, and line b uild-out (LBO) set tings for b uilding inte grated timing supply 1 (BITS-1) and BITS2 timing. • General T imin ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 693

    C-77 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.3 C.3 Node Default Settings NODE.general.T imeZone (GMT -08:00 ) Pacif ic T ime (US & Canada), Ti j u a n a (For applicable ti me zones, see T able C-21 on page C-83 .) NODE.general.UseDST TR UE TR UE, F ALSE NODE.network.general.AlarmMissi ng Backpl ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 694

    C-78 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.3 C.3 Node Default Settings NODE.osi.tarp.LDB TRUE F ALSE, TR UE NODE.osi.tarp.LDBEntry 5 (min) 1 - 10 NODE.osi.tarp.LDBFlush 5 (min) 0 - 1440 NODE.osi.tarp.PDUsL1Propaga tion TR UE F ALSE, TRUE NODE.osi.tarp.PDUsL2Propaga tion TR UE F ALSE, TRUE NODE.osi ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 695

    C-79 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.3 C.3 Node Default Settings NODE.security .dataComm.DefaultT CCEthernetIP 10.0.0.1 IP Address NODE.security .dataComm.Defa ultTCCEthernetIPNetmask 24 (bits) 8, 9, 10 .. 32 NODE.security .dataComm.isSecureModeSu pportedOnControlCard TR UE F ALSE, TR UE NO ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 696

    C-80 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.3 C.3 Node Default Settings NODE.security .lanAccess .LAN Access (May disconnect CTC from node) Front & Backplane No LAN Access, Front Only , Backplane Only , Front & Backplane NODE.security .lanAccess .Rest oreT imeout 5 (minutes) 0 - 60 NODE.sec ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 697

    C-81 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.3 C.3 Node Default Settings NODE.security .passwordAging.superuser .W arningPeriod 5 (d ays) 2 - 20 NODE.security .passwordChange.CannotCha ngeNe wPassw ord F ALSE TR UE, F ALSE NODE.security .passwordChange.CannotChangeNe wP asswordF orNDays 20 (days) 2 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 698

    C-82 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.3 C.3 Node Default Settings NODE.timing.bits-1.F raming ESF ESF , D4 when FacilityT ype DS1; N/A when Faci lityT ype 64kHz+8kHz NODE.timing.bits-1.F ramingOut ESF ESF , D4 when FacilityT ypeOut DS1; N/A when FacilityT ypeOut 6MHz NODE.timing.bits-1.LBO 0- ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 699

    C-83 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.3 C.3.1 Time Zones C.3.1 Time Zones Ta b l e C - 2 1 lists the time zones that appl y for node time zone defaul ts. T ime zones in the table are ordered by their r elativ e relationships t o Greenw ich Mean T ime (GMT), and the default values are display ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 700

    C-84 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.3 C.3.1 Time Zones GMT -05:00 (GMT -05:00) Bogota, Lima, Quito GMT -05:00 (GMT -05:00) Eastern T ime (US & Cana da) GMT -05 :00 (GMT - 05:00) Havana GMT -05:00 (GMT -05:00) Indi ana (US) GMT -04:00 (GMT -04:00) Asunci on GMT -04:00 (GMT -04:00) Caraca ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 701

    C-85 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Element De faults C.3 C.3.1 Time Zones GMT+03:30 (GMT+03:30) T ehran GMT+04:00 (GMT+04:00) Ab u Dhabi, Mauritius, Muscat GMT+04:00 (GMT+04:00) Aqtau, T'bil isi GMT+04:00 (GMT+04:00) Baku GMT+04:00 (GMT+04:00) Y ere v an, Samara GMT+04:30 (GMT+04:30) Kabu l GMT+05:00 (G ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 702

    C-86 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 Appendix C Network Eleme nt Defaults C.4 C.4 CTC Default Settings C.4 CTC Default Settings T ab le C-22 on page C-86 lists the CTC-le ve l default setti ngs for the Cisco ONS 15454. Cisco provi des the follo wing user- configurable d efaults for CTC: • Automatic Routing —Set circuit creati ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 703

    IN-1 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 INDEX Numerics 1+1 optical port prot ection creating linear ADMs 12-19 description 7-13 1:1 electrical card prot ection description 7-2 electrical interface assemblies 7-6 example shelf configurations by EIA type 7-9 1:N electrical card protection cards supported 7-3 description 7-2 DS3XM-12 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 704

    Index IN-2 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 modify 14-10 save 14-11 alarms change defaul t severities see alarm p rofiles profiles se e alarm profiles traps se e SNMP alarm suppressed by user 14-14 alarm suppression with OOS,MT 14-3, 14-13, B-3 autodelete 14-4 circuits affected 14-5 delete 14-4 entries in session 14-7 filter 14-4 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 705

    Index IN-3 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 bandwidth capacity 12-8 DRI 12-14 fiber connections 12-12 four-fiber 12-5 increasing the traffic speed 12-24 maximum node number 12-2 protection chan nel access circuits 11-21 ring switching 12-7 span switching 12-6 squelch table 11-22 squelch tables 11-22 two-fiber description 12-2 two ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 706

    Index IN-4 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 see also STS see also VCA T circuits see also VT1.5 signals attributes 11-2 automatic routing 11-26 autorange 11-2 constraint-based routing 11-32 export 11-3, 11-10 filter 11-3 find circuits with alarms 14-5 manual routing d etail 11-28 maximize resources 11-15 monitoring 11-19 propertie ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 707

    Index IN-5 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 D database see also T CC2 ca rd see also T CC2P ca rd description 8-17 MAC address 1-13 revert 8-18 data cards see Ethernet cards data communication s channel see DC C datagrams 13-4 DCC AIC-I compatibilit y 2-32 consolidating connections 8-13 icon 8-14 pin assignmen ts 2-32 termination ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 708

    Index IN-6 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 EIA requirement 1-14 factory defaults C- 4 port status 3-9 slot compatibili ty 3-7 specifications A-16 DS3/EC1-48 card see also UBI C-V EIA see also el ectrical card s see also M iniBNC EIA see also UBI C-H EIA card-level LEDs 3-17 description 3-15 EIA compatibility 1-16 factory defaults ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 709

    Index IN-7 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 factory defaults C-25 ported mode 3-27 portless mode 3-27, 7-4, 11-15 port status 3-31 slot compatibili ty 3-27, 3-29 specifications A-23 XC10G card support 2- 21 XCVT card support 2-17 XC-VXC-10G card support 2-26 DS3XM-6 card see also el ectrical card s card-level LEDs 3-25 descriptio ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 710

    Index IN-8 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 cross-connect cards 3-5 description 3-4 EIA compatibility 1-15, 1-16 EIA requirement 1-14 factory defaults C- 29 performance monitoring 15-12 port status 3-6 slot compatibili ty 3-4 specifications A-15 EIA see also AMP Champ EIA see also BNC EIA see also high-density BNC EIA see also M i ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 711

    Index IN-9 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 remote monitoring (RMON) 16-16 Ethernet cards see also CE-1000-4 card see also CE-100T-8 card see also E1 000-2 card see also E1 000-2-G card see also E1 00T-12 card see also E1 00T-G car d see also G 1K-4 card see also ML10 00-2 card see also ML10 0T-12 card see also ML10 0X-8 card cro ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 712

    Index IN-10 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 F facility data link 15-18 factory defaults see network element defaults fan-tray air filter se e air filter fan-tray assembly description 1-61 air filter 1-63 fan failure 1-62 fan speed 1-62 FC_MR-4 card description 6-1 see also VCAT circuits applications 6-7 compatible GBICs 6-8 cross ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 713

    Index IN-11 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 gateway on routing table 13-24 Proxy ARP-enabled 13-2, 13-4 returning MAC address 13-4 gateway n etwork e lement see GN E gateway se ttings 13-13 GBIC overview 5-31 card compatibility 5-32 compatible cards 4-50 CWDM and DW DM 5-33 description 5-32 G1000-4 card 5-14 G1K-4 card 5-16 on C ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 714

    Index IN-12 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 software and hardware matrix 1-73 IOS parameter 15-7 IP dual IP addresses using secure mode 13-20 environments 13-1 networking 13-1 to 13-22 requirements 13-2 subnetting 13-2 IP addressing scenarios CTC and nodes connected to router 13-3 CTC and nodes on same subnet 13-3 default gate wa ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 715

    Index IN-13 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 link consol idation description 8-13 icons 8-14 link cont rol protocol 13-30 link-state packet 13-35 LOFC parameter 15-7 login node group s 8-11 LOSS-L parameter 15-8 lower backplane cover see backplane cov ers LSP 13-35 M MAC address AIP 1-13 proxy ARP 13-4 retrieve table 9-4 Maintena ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 716

    Index IN-14 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 N NE defaults see netw ork element defaults Netscape 8-3 network conversions 12-25 network element defaults description C-1 card default tables C-2 CTC defaul ts C-86 node defaults C-74 networks default configu ration see path protection IP networking 13-1 to 13-22 open GNE 13-27 SONET ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 717

    Index IN-15 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 port status 4-15 slot compatibili ty 4-14 specifications A-29 topologies 4-14 OC192/STM64 Any Reach card see OC192-X FP card OC192 IR/STM64 SH 1550 card See also optical cards description 4-31 factory defaults C- 50 LEDs 4-32 port status 4-33 slot compatibili ty 4-32 specifications A-3 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 718

    Index IN-16 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 factory defaults C-46 LEDs 4-27 port status 4-27 slot compatibili ty 4-26 specifications A-34 topologies 4-26 OC48 ELR 200 GHz cards See also op tical cards description 4-27 factory defaults C- 46 LEDs 4-29 port status 4-29 slot compatibili ty 4-28 specifications A-35 topologies 4-28 OC ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 719

    Index IN-17 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 OPT-MAX parameter 15-8 OPT-MIN parameter 15-8 optocoupler isol ation 1-56 OPT parameter 15-8 OPWR-AVG parameter 15-8 OPWR-MAX para meter 15-8 OPWR-MIN parameter 15-8 orderwire description 2-30 express 2-30 local 2-30 loop 2-31 pin assignments (AIC-I card) 2-31 OSI connection less netwo ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 720

    Index IN-18 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 monitoring 2-31 specifications A-3 supply 1-63 PPJC-Pdet parameter 15-4 PPJC-PDET-P parameter 15-8 PPJC-Pgen parameter 15-4 PPJC-PGEN-P parameter 15-8 PPMN 12-19 protection switch ing BLSR span switching 12-6 nonrever tive 1+1 7-13 revertive 7-4 ring switching 12-7 protocols Proxy ARP s ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 721

    Index IN-19 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 TCC2P port description 2-12 roll automatic 11-38 dual 11-40 manual 11-38 one cross-connection 11-40 path 11-38 protected circuits 11-42 restrictions on two-circuit ro lls 11-42 single 11-40 status 11-39 two cross-co nnections 11-40 unprotected circuits 11-42 window 11-37 routing inform ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 722

    Index IN-20 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 four-node config uration 12-21 mounting 1-5 simple network management protocol see SNMP SMB EIA balun re quirement 1-38 card protection de scription 7-12 connectors per side 7-5 description 1-27 DS-3 card requirements 3-12 twisted pair wire-wrap requirement 1-37 SNMP community names 16- ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 723

    Index IN-21 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 32-bit 13-25 access to nodes 13-8 destination host or network 13-24 superuser assign superuser privil eges to provisioning users 9-6 change security policies 9-6 description 9-1 SW-LCAS 11-35 synchronization status messagi ng see SSM synchronous payload envelope 15-4 T tabs overview 8- ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 724

    Index IN-22 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 system timing 2-12 temperat ure ranges A-8 TCP/IP and OSI mediation 13-40 DCN communication 13-29 TCC2P access 2-12 TDM 11-12 Telcordia alarm severities 14-1 performance monitoring 15-1 standard racks 1-3 VT mapping standards 2-16, 2-20, 2-25 temperat ure ranges A-8 Terminal Endpoint Id ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 725

    Index IN-23 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manua l, R7.0 78-17191-01 See also UBIC-H cables UBIC-V cables connector pi ns 1-39, 1-51, 1-52 description 1-39 UBIC-V EIA card protection de scription 7-12 connectors per side 7-5 description 1-32 SCSI connectors 1-14 shelf assembly compatibi lity 1-17 slot designat ions 1-32 See also UBIC-V cables UITS 13-31 ...

  • Cisco Systems 15454 - page 726

    Index IN-24 Cisco ONS 15454 Reference Manual, R7.0 78-17191-01 X XC10G card bandwid th 11-12 card-level LEDs 2-21 description 2-18 functionality 2-19 hardware compatibility 1-75 power requirements A-6 slot compatibili ty 2-19 software compatibilit y 2-3 specifications A-12 temperat ure range A-8 VT mapping 2-20 XC card hardware compatibility 1-73 s ...

Manufacturer Cisco Systems Category Switch

Documents that we receive from a manufacturer of a Cisco Systems 15454 can be divided into several groups. They are, among others:
- Cisco Systems technical drawings
- 15454 manuals
- Cisco Systems product data sheets
- information booklets
- or energy labels Cisco Systems 15454
All of them are important, but the most important information from the point of view of use of the device are in the user manual Cisco Systems 15454.

A group of documents referred to as user manuals is also divided into more specific types, such as: Installation manuals Cisco Systems 15454, service manual, brief instructions and user manuals Cisco Systems 15454. Depending on your needs, you should look for the document you need. In our website you can view the most popular manual of the product Cisco Systems 15454.

Similar manuals

A complete manual for the device Cisco Systems 15454, how should it look like?
A manual, also referred to as a user manual, or simply "instructions" is a technical document designed to assist in the use Cisco Systems 15454 by users. Manuals are usually written by a technical writer, but in a language understandable to all users of Cisco Systems 15454.

A complete Cisco Systems manual, should contain several basic components. Some of them are less important, such as: cover / title page or copyright page. However, the remaining part should provide us with information that is important from the point of view of the user.

1. Preface and tips on how to use the manual Cisco Systems 15454 - At the beginning of each manual we should find clues about how to use the guidelines. It should include information about the location of the Contents of the Cisco Systems 15454, FAQ or common problems, i.e. places that are most often searched by users in each manual
2. Contents - index of all tips concerning the Cisco Systems 15454, that we can find in the current document
3. Tips how to use the basic functions of the device Cisco Systems 15454 - which should help us in our first steps of using Cisco Systems 15454
4. Troubleshooting - systematic sequence of activities that will help us diagnose and subsequently solve the most important problems with Cisco Systems 15454
5. FAQ - Frequently Asked Questions
6. Contact detailsInformation about where to look for contact to the manufacturer/service of Cisco Systems 15454 in a specific country, if it was not possible to solve the problem on our own.

Do you have a question concerning Cisco Systems 15454?

Use the form below

If you did not solve your problem by using a manual Cisco Systems 15454, ask a question using the form below. If a user had a similar problem with Cisco Systems 15454 it is likely that he will want to share the way to solve it.

Copy the text from the picture

Captcha
New picture

Comments (0)